HCNA (HCDA) Huawei Certified Network Associate Training

The privilege of HCNA/HCNP/HCIE: e n
m /
o
With any Huawei Career Certification, you have the privilege on http://learning.huawei.com/en to enjoy:
c
 1、Comprehensive E-Learning Courses
i .
Content：All Huawei Career Certification E-Learning courses
w e
a

h u
Methods to get the E-learning privilege : submit Huawei Account and email being used for Huawei Account
registration to Learning@huawei.com .
g .
 2、 Training Material Download
i n
r n training material
Content: Huawei product training material and Huawei career certification
a Training/Classroom Training ,then you can

 Method：Logon http://learning.huawei.com/en and enter HuaWei

e
lpage.
/
download training material in the specific training introduction
/
 3、 Priority to participate in Huawei Online Open Class(LVC) :
p all ICT technical domains like R&S, UC&C, Security,
t
ht professional instructors
 Content：The Huawei career certification training covering
Storage and so on, which are conducted by Huawei
Method：The plan and participate method :

e s please refer to
c
http://support.huawei.com/ecommunity/bbs/10154479.html
r
 4、Learning Tool: eNSP u
o Platform) is a graphical network simulation tool which is developed by
e s
eNSP (Enterprise Network Simulation
R

Huawei and free of charge. eNSP mainly simulates enterprise routers, switches as close to the real hardware as
n
it possible, which makesg the lab practice available and easy without any real device.
i
In addition, Huaweinhas built up Huawei Technical Forum which allows candidates to discuss technical issues with

r
Huawei expertsa, share exam experiences with others or be acquainted with Huawei Products(
Le
http://support.huawei.com/ecommunity/）
r e TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

o
HUAWEI 华为保密信息，未经授权禁止扩散 Pa g e 1
e n
m /
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
IP Network Fundamentals l e
/ /
p :
t t
h
s :
ce www.huawei.com
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e T
e
or
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.. All rights reserved
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
l e
The network has become more and
/ in recent times.
more business/critical
p :
t t
h will introduce basic
This course
s : of data communications and
concepts
r cIPenetworking.
o u
e s
R
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
T
o
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.. All rights reserved Pa ge 2
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
Upon completion of this course, you will be able rto: n i
ea
 Describe basic concepts of data trafficl
/ /
 Identify basic concepts of networkingp : and
t t
the Internet h
s : for
 List the common organizations
ce
Standardization r
o u
e s of a typical IP network
 Identify components
R
n g
n i
a r
Le
r eTECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD..
T
o
HUAWEI All rights reserved Pa ge 3
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
Chapter 1 Data Communication Basicsar
l e
/ /
Chapter 2 Introduction to Networks :
p and the
t
Internet ht
s :
ce
Chapter 3 Protocolsurand Standards
s o
Re
Chapter 4 Typical
n g Enterprise IP Network
n i
a r
Le
T
o
e n
m/
c o
Data and Data Communication i .
we
u a
. h
n g
 Data
n i
a r
le
 Data refers to a collection of values shared and processed by
/ /
interconnected devices making up a network. Data format must
p:
be agreed between the data sender and receiver before
t
transmission. ht
 Data Communication s :
ce
 The process of data u rexchange between two or more devices
s o
R e
connected by transmission media such as a wires or wireless.
n g
n i
a r
Le
T
o
e n
m/
c o
Data Communication System Components ei.
w a
h u
g .
in
rn
Protocol a Protocol
/ le
/
Message
t p:
Medium ht
s :
Sender
r ce Receiver
o u
e s
R
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
T
o
e n
m/
Data Communication Types c o
i .
we
u a
Data direction
. h
simplex n g
n i
a r
le
Host Display
/ /
p
Data direction :at time 1
half-duplex t t
h
Data direction at time 2
s :
Workstationce Workstation
u r
s o Data direction at whole time
Re
ng
full-duplex
n i
r
ea
Workstation Workstation
L
r e
T
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
Chapter 1 Data Communication Basicsar
l e
/ /
Chapter 2 Introduction to Networks :
p and the
t
Internet ht
s :
ce
s o
Re
Chapter 4 Typical
n g Enterprise IP Network
n i
a r
Le
T
o
e n
m/
Computer Network c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
SOHO
a r
/ le
/
tp:
ht Intranet
Server
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r IP Hotel Mobile
Le network
r e
T
o
e n
m/
c o
Evolution of Network i .
we
WAN u a
. h
n g
Intra-network
n i
interconnection
a r
1980’s –
/ le
/
tp:
Host ht
Network based
s :
Connections
ce
1970’s – 1980’s
ur
s o
Re Host
Simple Connections
n g
1960’s – 1970’s
n i Low speed lines
a r Host Network
Le
r e
T
o
e n
m/
c o
Common Network Topologies i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
p:
tStar
Bus ht Tree
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
i
rn
Ring Mesh
e a
L
r e
T
o
e n
m/
c o
Composing of Internet i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
/ le
/
t p:
ht
s:
LAN
LAN
ce
ur
s o
LAN Re LAN LAN
n g
n i
a r WAN WAN
Le
r e
T
o
e n
m/
c o
LAN Characteristics and Common Equipmentei.
a w
h u
g .
Short distance in
rHUBn
a
Low delay
/ le
/
High bandwidth
tp:
Reliable transmission ht
s : Switch
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i Router
a r
Le
r e
T
o
e n
m/
c o
Types of WAN i .
we
u a
. h
n g
ISDN: Integrated Services Digital Network
n i
a r
DDN: Digital Data Network
/ le
/
p:
X.25 Public Packet Switched Network
Frame Relay t t
h
ATM: Asynchronous Transfer Mode s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
T
o
e n
m/
c o
Commonly-Used Equipment in WAN i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
Modem
tp: Router
ht
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i Wan Switch
a r Access Server
Le
r e
T
o
e n
m/
c o
The Development History of Internet i .
e w
a
u (Defence
 ARPAnet was launched into running in 1969. It comes of America DARPA h
. of
n g
Advanced Research Projects Agency), ARPAnet is the sign of the naissance
modern computer network.
n i
 ARPAnet was divided into two parts in 1983:ARPAnet andar MILNET for military
l e
/ NSFnet in 1985.
affairs.
 America NSF (National Science Foundation) founded
:/
p
t and became the backbone network of
 NSFnet quite replaced ARPAnet in June 1990
Internet. ht
s : organization—ANS (Advanced Network

e the objective of ANS is to found a T3 backbone
Merit, IBM and MCI founded a non-payoff
c
r American, it is able to transmit data as the speed of
&Science Inc.) in September 1990,
u
o
network that covers with whole
s
45Mbps.
R e

g
At the end of 1991, all the backbone network of NSFnet connected with T3 backbone
n
network of ANS.
n i
a r
Le
T
o
e n
m /
c o
Actuality of Internet i .
w e
u a
. h
ISP … ISP ISP … ISP
n g
n i
Area ISP … Area ISP
a r
/ le
/
International or nation ISP
t p:
ht
s :
ce
r
ou
ISP … ISP ISP … ISP
e s
R Area ISP … Area ISP
NAP
n g
n i
a r International or nation ISP
Le
r e
T
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
Chapter 1 Data Communication Basis a r
le/
:/
Chapter 2 Brief Introduction of Network
t p and
Internet ht
s :
ce
Chapter 3 Protocolsuand r Standards
s o
Re
Chapter 4 Basic
n g structure of the IP Network
n i
a r
Le
T
o
e n
m/
c o
Rule of Network World i .
we
u a
. h
Network n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
t p:
ht
s :standard
ce protocol
ur
Networks o Network
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
T
o
e n
m/
c o
Standard i .
we
u a
. h
ng
i
 Data communication standard divides into two types: de facto and
n
de jure
a r
l e
/ /
 de facto standard: not admitted by organization but commonly
used and acceptable
p :
 de jure standard: establishedht
t
by organization which
approbated by government s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
T
o
e n
m/
c o
Organizations for standardization i .
we
u a
. h
 International Organization for Standardization (ISO) g
in
r n
 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
ea (IEEE)
/ l
 American National Standards Institute:(ANSI) /
t p
ht
 Electronic Industries Association/Telecomm Industries
s :
Association (EIA / TIA) ce
u r
s o Union (ITU)
Re
 International Telecomm
n g
n i
 Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF)
a r
L e
T
o
e n
m/
Organizations for standardization—Types of . c o
e i
IETF Standards w a
h u
g .
 IETF creates two types of documents, one is Internet Draft,
in
and the other is RFC. n r
a
e and other
 Any one can refer Draft, no any special limit, l
/but many important
member can take a indifferent attitude, :/
t p
documents of IETF begin with Draft
ht
 RFC is more official, and it : would be kept in the archives in
the history. Generally, ifce
s
it is sanctioned to come on, the
contents will not be u r
s o changed.
− RFC (Request Re For Comments)
− It almostn gincludes all the important documents of
n i
r
internet
a
Le
T
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
ar
Chapter 1 Data Communications Basics
e
/ l
Chapter 2 Brief Introduction of p : /
Network and
t
Internet ht
s :
ce
s o
Re
Chapter 4 Basic
n g structure of the IP network
n i
a r
Le
T
o
e n
Typical structure of IP Network m /
c o
i .
Internet backbone Carrier-class service network
w e
network
a
uPE
Backbone Network
. h
Service
n g
isolation
Core routers
n i
Backbone
NGN
Backbone Layer
a rP network 3G
le
ASBR
IDC IP Leased line
/ / MAN ASBR
Convergence LayerConvergence
t p: Integrated service access,
routers
t
Support &Transmission
h
MPLS VPN
s:
service identification
e
differentiated services
Access Layer
r c
ou
PE
BAS BAS BAS AR/P BAS AR/P BAS AR/P BAS AR/P
e s E E E E
R Dark Fiber
Access Network
n g
IP DSLAM L MSTP
Home
i
2 RTU Gatewa
UTP/STP
r n Ethernet y
e a
Private users IAD
L
Group Dedicated user PC STB
IAD PC STB
r e
T
o
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.. All rights reserved Pa ge31
e n
m/
c o
Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) i .
we
u a
 Internet access：
. h
 Dialup access mode n g
n i
− ADSL
a r
− LAN
/ le
/
 Private line access mode
t p:
− ADSL private line ht
− LAN private line s :
ce
 r
VPN(Virtual private network)
u
 L2VPN s o
R e
 L3VPN
n g
 VPDN i
r n
e a
L
T
o
HUAWEI All rights reserved Pa ge33
e n
m/
c o
Internet Access i .
we
u a
. h
Convergence layer Router L3
ng
n i
a r
/ le
Access layer
/
BRAS
BAS
IP DSLAM
t p:
ht
Access network
s :
e
L2
UTP/STP
r c
RTU
Ethernet
sou users
Users R e
Enterprise
n g IAD PC STB leased line
ni
Private
Multi-service users
a r users
users
Le
r e
T
o
e n
m/
c o
MAN——VPN service i .
we
u a
Backbone routers
. h
P
ng
n i
a r
Convergence router
/ le Convergence router
Convergence layer MPLS VPN
/
tp:
AR/PE t
hAR/PE AR/PE
Access layer s : PE
ce
u r
s o
Access network
Re
ing CE
n
Enterprise line user A
r Enterprise line user B Enterprise line user C
e a
L
r e
T
o
e n
m/
c o
Overview to backbone network i .
we
u a
. h
 IP backbone network is the core of an entire network, it acts as an interface
n g
i
for the MANs to access the external networks or access other Metropolitan
n
networks.
a r
 IP backbone network performance should include: /le
/
 High reliability tp:
ht
 Flexibility and scalability
s :
 Flat networking ce
u r
 Proper planning of QoS
s o
R e
 Operability and manageability
n g
n i
a r
Le
T
o
HUAWEI All rights reserved Pa ge38
e n
m/
c o
Structure of backbone network i .
we
u a
 The structure of backbone networks commonly has
. h the following
two classifications: ng i
r n
Hierarchical plane structure
ea
l
//
Hierarchical spatial plane structure
:
t p
ht
 Hierarchical plane structure is commonly applied in the traditional
backbone network. It adopts:a common ‘three layer’ approach to
e s
building a network. c r
o u
• Key differences ofsa Hierarchical spatial plane structure involves
R e
dividing the backbone network into layers and planes (usually two),
n g
i also adopts a hierarchical structure.
and each plane
n
a r
Le
r e
T
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
tp:
t
 How many types do data communicate include?
h
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
T
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
p :
Tht
www.huawei.comt
s :
ce
u r
so
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
TCP/IP Basics n i
a r
/ le
/
t p:
ht
s :
ce www.huawei.com
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
e
T
L
e
or
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Communication is
l e achieved via the
TCP/IP protocol/ / stack to allow traffic
p : devices of different
t
flow between
t
models,h different manufacturers and
s :
different operating systems. This
e
csection introduces the architecture of
u r
s o the TCP/IP protocol stack, the function
R e of each layer and the data
n g encapsulation process.
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
Copyright ©2012 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 1
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
Upon completion of this section, you should
a r
expect to:
/ le
/
: Model
 Understand the OSI Reference
t p
architecture h t
s :
Comprehensivelye understand the

r c
functionality uassociated with each layer
s o
 Re the process of TCP/IP
Understand
n g
n i
encapsulation and de-encapsulation
a r
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Chapter 1 TCP/IP Protocol Stack le
/ /
p :
Chapter 2 Data Encapsulation t t of
h
TCP/IP Protocol Stacks:
ce
u r
Chapter 3 Case s o Study
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
OSI Reference Model c o
i .
we
u a
. h
OSI RM: Open System Interconnection Reference Model n g

n i
OSI RM has the following advantages a r
le

To simplify related network operation / /

p:


t t
To provide compatibility and standard interfaces between devices
h

s :
To promote industry standardization
ce
 Structure is separable
u r (Layers are independent)
s oand maintenance

Re
Easy to achieve
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
OSI Reference Model i .
we
u a
. h
Application layer ng
7
n i
a r
Presentation layer 6
l e In charge of data
Upper Layers:
/ / between hosts.
transmission
Session layer 5 p :
t t
Transport layer h
s :4
Network layer ce3

u r Lower Layers: In charge of data
s o
Re
Data link layer 2 transmission in network.
n g
n i
Physical layer 1
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
Functions of the Seven c o
i .
Layers we
u a
. h
Application layer n g
Provide communications
7
i
between applications
n
a r
le
6 Presentation layer Handle data format, data encryption
/ /
5 Session layer
t p: Establish, maintain and manage sessions
Transport layer ht Establish, maintain and
4
s : manage end to end connection
Network layer ce
3
u r Addressing and routing
s o
Re
2 Provide link medium access
Data link layer
and link management
n g
1
i
Physical layer
n
Bit flow transmission
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
TCP/IP model c o
i .
we
u a
OSI TCP/IP
. h
n g
7 Application layer n i
a r
6 Presentation layer
VS / leApplication layer 5
/
5 Session layer t p:
ht
s:
Transport layer Transport layer 4
4
ce
Network layer r Network layer
ou
3 3
e s Data link layer

2 R
Data link layer 2
n g
1 i layer
Physical
n
Physical layer 1
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
TCP/IP Protocol Stack c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
Provide network interfaces
Application layer HTTP, Telnet, FTP
a r for application program
TFTP, Ping
/ le
/
t p:
Transport layer TCP/UDP ht Establish end to end
s : connection
IP ce Addressing and
Network layer
ur route selecting
s o
Re
Data link layer Ethernet, 802.3, PPP Access to physical media
n g
Physical layer
n i Interfaces, wires Binary data flow transmission
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
/m
Communication between Layers of .c o
e i
TCP/IP Model and Data Encapsulation a w
Host A PDU hu
g .
Application in
Upper layer
data layer r n
ea
TCP header
Upper layer Transport
/ llayer Segment
data
: /
t p
IP header
Upper layer
data t
h Network layer Packet
Upper layer es
:
LLC header
data
r c FCS
o u Data link layer Frame

MAC header e
s layer FCS
Upper
R
data
n g
n i
0101110101001000010
Physical layer Bit
a r
L e
r e ©2012 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All rights reserved.
o
Copyright Page 11
e n
m/
c o
Data De-encapsulation. i .
we
u a
. h
n g
Host B
n i
a r
Application
/
Upper layer datale
layer /
Transport
t p:
layer
ht
Upper layer data
Network
s : TCP+ upper layer data
layer
ce
r
ou
IP+TCP+ upper layer data
Data link
layer e s
R LLC header+ IP+TCP+ upper layer data
Physical
n g
i 0101110101001000010
rn
layer
e a
L
r e
o
e n
/m
The Function of the Physical Layer c o
i .
w e
u a
 Defines media types, interface types, signal types
. h
g
n functional
 Specifies the electrical, mechanical, procedural, and
n i
a r
requirements for activating, maintaining, and deactivating
l e a
physical link between end systems / /
:
p wire speed, maximum
t
ht
 Specifies the features such as voltage,
transmission distance and connectors
s :
c e
u rLAN WAN
o
s8 8 8
Physical e
R 0 0 0 F
(Bits,
n g 2 2 2 DD EIA/TIA-232
signals, i
clocking)r n . . .
I
e a 3 4 5
L
o
Copyright Page 14
e n
m/
Physical Layer Media and Devices c o
i .
w e
u a
. h
 Physical layer medium
n g
n i
 Coaxial cable
a r
l e
 Twisted-pair
/ /
p :
 Fiber
t t
h
 Wireless radio
s :
Physical layer device rc
e
u

s o
 Repeaters, HUB
R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
Copyright Page 15
e n
The Function of the Data Link m /
c o
Layer i .
w e
u a
h .
 MAC Sub-layer : Media Access Control Sub-Layer
n g
i
n communicate with
 Specifies physical transmission of the data and
a r
physical layer
l e
/ /
 LLC Sub-layer: Logic Link Control Sub-layer
p :
 Distinguishes protocol types,hencapsulate t t the data and transmit via
network s :
Application layer
c e
u r
Transportolayer
e s
R layer
Network
n g link layer
Data
LLC sub-layer
n i
a r Physical layer
MAC sub-layer
L e
o
Copyright Page 17
e n
/
m
Protocols of the Data Link Layer c o
i .
w e
u a
. h
 Data link layer LAN, WAN protocols
n g
i
n WAN
LAN
a r
l e
Data Link
802.2 LLC
/
Dial /
(Frames) p :
on SDLC HDLC
Frame
PPP
t t Demand
Relay
Fh
8 8 8
Physical
0 0 0
2 s
:D V.24
.e
2 2
(Bits,
signals,
.
3
.
4 ur 5
c D
I
V.35
G.703
clocking) s o xDSL
EIA/TIA-232
R e
n gdevice
 Data link layer
n i
a
 Ethernet r switch
Le
o
Copyright Page 19
e n
Data Link Layer – Ethernet m /
c o
Address i .
e
aw u
MAC address is composed of 48 bits. The vendor ID of. Huawei h

n g
products is 0x00e0fc.
n i
a r
24 bits l
e 24 bits
/ /
p :
t t Code Serial Number
Vender
h
s :
00e0.fc01.2345 rc
e 00e0.fc01.2345
o u Rom
e s
R
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
Copyright Page 21
e n
m/
Network Layer Function and c o
i .
Devices w e
u a
h .
 Function
n g
i
n devices
 Packets forwarding between the different network
a r
l e
 Router, Layer 3 Switch
/ /
p :
t
hDt Host B
s : C
Host A c e
A
u r
o
s A
B E
Application layer
R e
Router Router B Router C
Transport layer
n g Network layer Network layer Network layer Network layer

n i Data link layer Data link layer Data link layer
a r Data link layer
Le Physical layer Physical layer Physical layer Physical layer
r e
o
e n
m /
Network Layer Protocols c o
i .
we
u a
. h
 Network Layer Protocols
n g
n i
a r
Network IP/ICMP/ARP/RARP
/ le
(Packets) /
t p:
802.2 LLC
t
h Dial
Data Link
s : Frame
(Frames)
c e on
Demand
SDLC HDLC
Relay
PPP
8 8u r8
0
s o0 0
F
Re
Physical D V.24
2 2 2
D
(Bits, . . .
ng
I G.703
signals, 3 4 5 V.35
ni
EIA/TIA-232
clocking)
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
Network Addresses c o
i .
we
u a
Network addresses uniquely identify a device at the network . h
g

layer in
rn
a
le
 Network addresses include two parts
/ /
p:
 Network ID
t t
 Host ID
h
s :
Networke ID Host ID
r c
IP Address
o u
e s
10. 8.2.48
R
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
The Function of the Transport m /
c o
Layer i .
w e
u a
. h
 Segment upper layer data
n g
n i
a r
/ le
 Set up end to end /
connection
t p:
ht
s :
 Transmit data from end to end
ce
u r
s o
Re  Ensure the reliability of the data
n g transmission
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
Transport Layer Protocols i .
we
u a
. h
Transport
n g
(Segments)
TCP UDP
n i
a r
/ le
/
p:
Network IP
(Packets)
t t
h
s :
Data Link
802.2 LLC
ce Dial
r Frame
ou
on SDLC HDLC PPP
(Frames) Relay
Demand
8
e s8 8
0 R 0 0
F
ng
Physical D V.24
2 2 2
D
(Bits,
n i . . .
I G.703
signals, r 3 4 5 V.35
ea
EIA/TIA-232
clocking)
L
r e
o
e n
m/
Main Protocols of the c o
i .
Transport Layer we
u a
. h
TCP UDPn g
n i
a r
Connection-oriented
l e
Connectionless
/ /Unreliable
p:
Reliable
Suitable for the
t t Suitable for the
h
s:
application which application that
requires high reliability
ce concerns transmission
u r
High cost
s o efficiency
Re Reliability depends on
n g application layer
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
The Function of the Application om /
. c
Layer e i
w a
h u
g .
in
rn
 Provide user interfaces and deal with specify
a
applications
/ le
/
t p:
and decompression. ht
 Provide data encryption, decryption, compression
s :
ce
u r
 Specify the standards of data presentation.
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
Application Layer Protocols c o
i .
we
u a
Application FTP TELNET HTTP . h
(Data) SMTP/POP3 DNS n g
TFTP SNMP RIP DNS Radius
n i
a r
Transport TCP
/ le UDP
(Segments)
/
t p:
Network ht
IP
(Packets)
s :
c e
u
802.2 LLC r
Data Link
s o Dial
SDLC HDLC
Frame
PPP
8 Re 8
(Frames) on Relay
8 Demand
F
Physical n g2
0 0 0
D
(Bits, n i 2 2
D
V.24
signals, a r .
3
.
4
.
5
I V.35 G.703 EIA/TIA-232
clocking)
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Chapter 1 Internet Connection l ofe
/ /
TCP/IP
p :
t t
h
Chapter 2 Data Encapsulation
s : of
ce
TCP/IP ProtocolrStack
o u
e s
Chapter RCase Study
3
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
/m
The Encapsulation Process of TCP/IP c o
i .
Protocol Stack w e
u a
user data
. h
n g Applicatio
n i n
App header User data
a r
l e
/ / TCP
TCP Segment TCP header User data
p :
t
IP header TCP header ht
User data IP
:
IP Packet
e s
r c
Ethernet header IP header
o u
TCP header user data Ethernet trailer Application drive
s
Re
14B 20-64B 20-60B 4B
g
Ethernet Frame
i n 46-1500 bytes
r n
a
Le
o
Copyright Page 34
e n
m /
TCP Segment c o
i .
w e
u a
. h
Ethernet Frame
n g
n i
a r
Ethernet IP header TCP header User data
/ le Ethernet trailer
/
p:
header
14B 20-60B 20B-60B 4B
t t
h
s :
ce
Source Dest.
Sequ rNum Ack Num …... Option
Port Port
s o
16b 16b
R e 32b 32b 64b
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
IP Packet c o
i .
w e
a
u Ethernet trailer
. h
header
14B 20-60B 20B-60B n g 4B
n i
a r
0 15 16
/ le 31
/
p:
Message
version Service type Total length
length
t t
identification h Flag Fragment offset
Fixed s :
message Time to live ce
protocol Message header checksum
ur
20B
header
s o
Re Source IP address
n g Destination IP address
n i
a r
Le
IP options
r e
o
e n
m/
IP Fragment Issues c o
i .
e w
Fragmentation principle: compare data length with MTU,hu
a
if the former is
.

larger than the latter, fragmentation is needed.
n g
n i
a r
l e
/ /
IP p :
t
packet
ht
Host R1 s
: Host
c e R2
MTU
MTU
u r
MTU MTU
s o
R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
Copyright Page 39
e n
m /
Ethernet Frame c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g Ethernet trailer
header
14B 20-60B 20B-60B n i 4B
a r
/ le
/
t p:
DMAC SMAC L/T
ht
6B 6B 2B
s :
ce
u r Length/Type value meaning
s o
Re
Ethernet_II Length/T > 1500 Represents Type
n g
n i
a r 802.3 Length/T <= 1500
Represents Length
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
Chapter 1 Internet Connection of ea
r
/ l
TCP/IP :/
t p
ht
Chapter 2 Data Encapsulation
s : in
TCP/IP Protocol Stack ce
u r
s o
e
Chapter 3 RCase Study
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
Case Study (1) c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
t p:
ht
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
Case Study (2) c o
i .
we
u a
. h
Source Destination
n g
MAC MAC
n i
a r
/ le
/
t p:
ht
s :
ce
u r
Type
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
Case Study (3) c o
i .
we
Destinatio u
a
Source IP . h
n IP
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
t p:
ht
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
Case Study (4) c o
i .
we
Source port u a
. h
n g
Destination
n i
port
a r
/ le
/
t p:
ht
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
Summary c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i

a
What are the layers of the OSI reference model?r
/ le

:/
What are the functions of each layer in the
TCP/IP protocol stack?t p
ht

s :
What is the process of packet encapsulation
ce
and de-encapsulation?
u r

s o the differences between the MAC
What are
Re and the IP address?
address
i ng
r n
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
p :
Tht
www.huawei.comt
s :
ce
u r
so
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
IP Addressing and ear
/ l
Routing :/ p
t
ht
s :
ce www.huawei.com
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e T
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
The network layereis located at the third
/ l
layer of the/ OSI reference model,
p: Data Link Layer and
between tthe
ht Layer. The network layer
Transport
s : protocols to ensure the correct
defines
e
cforwarding
u r of data packets.
so
R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.. All rights reserved T Pa ge 2
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
Upon completion of this section, you should n i
a r
le
expect to:
 Understand the classes of IP address/ /
tp:
 Plan and subnet IP address properly
ht
:
 Understand ARP/RARP protocol
s
principle ce
ur
o
 Understand the working principles of
s
routing Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 IP Addressing
/ le
/
t p:
Chapter 2 Network Layer tProtocols
h
s :
Chapter 3 RoutingcePrinciples
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
Data Encapsulation and De-encapsulation i .
w e
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Application Application
/ le
data layer layer
Transport:
/ data
upper layer
Transport
segment
t p
TCP header
data
layer
t
layer
hNetwork
upper layer data
IP header
upper layer Network
s
packet :
data layer
ce layer TCP+ upper layer data
r
ou frame
upper layer
LLC header FCS IP+TCP+ upper layer data
data Data link Data link
upper layer
layer
e s layer
MAC header
data
FCS
R LLC header +IP+TCP+ upper layer data
n gPhysical Physical
i layer
bit
0101110101001000010 layer 0101110101001000010
r n
a
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Network Layer Data Encapsulation i .
we
u a
. h
Upper layer g
nTransport layer
TCP Header
data
n i
a r
l e
Upper layer
IP Header
/ /
data
Network layer
tp:
ht
s :
IP Header
source
ce destination
data
ur
address address
s o
Re171.17.1.1 IP address
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
IP Address i .
we
u a
. h
 IP address uniquely identifies a network device, it consists n g of
n i
32 binary digits.
a r
 IP address is often represented in a dottedle decimal format.
/ /
 IP address is divided into two parts: :
t p
 Network address portion ht
 Host address portion es
:
r c
IP address Networko u address Host address
e s
R
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
HUAWEI All rights reserved T Pa ge 7
e n
m/
c o
Classification of IP Address i .
we
u a
. h
Class A 1.0.0.0~126.255.255.255
n g
n i
0 Network(7bit) Host(24bit)
a r
Class B 128.0.0.0~191.255.255.255
/ le
/
p:
1 0 Network(14bit) Host(16bit)
Class C 192.0.0.0~223.255.255.255
t t
h
:
1 1 0 Network(21bit)
s
Host(8bit)
Class D
c e
224.0.0.0~239.255.255.255
r
1 1 1 0 u Multicast address
s o
Class E Re
240.0.0.0~255.255.255.255
n g1 1 1 1 0 reserve
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Special IP Address i .
we
u a
. h
Network part Host part Address type
ngUsage
n i
Any all 0
Network
a r
Represents a network Segment
le
Address
/ /All nodes of a specifically

p: designated network segment
Broadcast
Any all 1
Address
t t
h
127 Any :
Loopback
s Loop diagnostic functionality
ce Address
r
ou
Designates default routes
es
all 0 All Networks
in Huawei Quidway routers
R
n g Broadcast All nodes of a local network
all 1
n i Address segment
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Private IP Address i .
we
u a
. h
 Private IP address
ng
n i
 10.0.0.0~10.255.255.255 a r
/ le
/
 172.16.0.0~172.31.255.255
t p:
ht
 192.168.0.0~192.168.255.255
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Subnet Mask Introduction i .
we
u a
. h
ng
i
 Subnet Masks manipulate the network and host address portions.
n
a r
 The subnet mask format is same as the IP address format
/ le
/
 Network and subnet of subnet mask identified in binary as a series of
1 bits, the host bits are 0
t p:
ht
s :
ce
For example：
u r Class B’s subnet
s o mask is 255.255.0.0
R e
ing
r n
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Network Address and Subnet Mask i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
IP Address： 192.168.1
/ le .100
/
t p:
Subnet Mask： ht
255.255.255 .0
s :
ce
r 192.168.1
Network Address: o u .0
e s
R
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Binary to Decimal Conversion i .
we
u a
. h
n g
8bit
n i
a r
Binary 1 1 1 1 1le 1 1 1
/ /
27 26 25 24
t p: 2 3
2 2 21 20
ht
128 64 32s: 16 8 4 2 1
ce
u r
s o
Re
ng
Decimal Summation is 255
n i
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Example of Conversion i .
we
u a
. h
n g
Example :
n i
a r
1 1 1 0 1
/le 0 0 1
/
p:
t1*8
1*128 1*64 1*32 0*16
ht 0*4 0*2 1*1
s :
ce
128 + 64 + 32our+ 0 + 8 + 0 + 0 + 1
e s
R
n g 233
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
System Conversion of IP Address i .
we
u a
. h
 IP address：192.168.1.11(decimal)
ng
n i
a r
byte（8bits） byte（8bits） byte（8bits） l e byte（8bits）
/ /
p :5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2t2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6
ht
s :
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1e0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1
r c
o u
192 e s 168 1 11
R
n g
 binary digit：11000000.10101000.00000001.00001011
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Classful Addressing i .
we
u a
. h
g
 Classful Addressing uses default subnet masks, and thus no subnet..
n
n i
e.g. Class B segment 172.16.0.0 with mask 255.255.0.0a r
/ le
:/
172.16.30.1/16
tp172.16.28.1/16
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o Ethernet
Re
n g
i
rn
172.16.30.10/16
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Addressing with Subnets i .
we
u a
 Class B segment 172.16.0.0 . h
ng
n i
172.16.4.1/24
a r
/ le
/
t p:
htEthernet
s :
ce
ur
s o
ReEthernet
n g
i
rn
172.16.8.1/24
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Subnet Mask Representation i .
w e
u a
. h
192 . 168 . 1 g .
n 7
IP Address
n i
11000000 10101000 00000001
a r 00000111
l e
/
255 . p255 :/ . 255 . 240
Subnet mask t t
11111111 11111111h 11111111 11110000
s :
ce
u r
Bits of subnet mask
s o 8 + 8 + 8+ 4 = 28
R e
n g
i
Subnet masknrepresentation 192 . 168 . 1 . 7 / 28
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Calculation of Network address i .
we
u a
IP Address is: 192.168.1.7/28 . h
ng
192 . 168 . .i
n1 7
IP Address r
a00000001 00000111
11000000 10101000 l e
/ /
p :
t
255 t. 255 . 255 . 240
Subnet Mask h
11111111 s : 11111111 11111111 11110000
ce
u r
Network Address o
s11000000
(Binary) Re
10101000 00000001 00000000
n g
i
NetworknAddress 192.168.1.0/28
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Calculation of Host Number i .
we
u a
Subnet Mask . h
ng
n i
a r
le
/ Host Portion
Network Portion
:/
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0tp0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ht
s :
ce
u r
s o N bit
R e Host Number ： 2n
n g
n i Valid Host Number : 2n - 2
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Example of Host Number Calculation i .
we
u a
. h
IP Address：192.168.1.100/28 ng
n i
/28=255.255.255.240
a r
/ le
/
The binary representation of subnet mask:
p:
t
ht
11111111．11111111．11111111．11110000
s :
ce
u r 28bits 4bits
s o Host portion
R e network portion
g The total number of host: 24
n in The valid number of host: 2 -24
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Example of Subnet Address Planning i .
we
u a
. h
 Example: a company receives a class C address range of
ng
n i
201.222.5.0. If 20 subnets are needed with 5 hosts in each subnet.
How should the addressing scheme be designed? a r
/ le
/
Subnet address
p:Usable host address
t201.222.5.9~201.222.5.14
201.222.5.8/29 ht
s :
201.222.5.16/29
ce 201.222.5.17~201.222.5.22
r
ou
…… ……
e s
R
201.222.5.232/29 201.222.5.233~201.222.5.238
n g
201.222.5.240/29 201.222.5.241~201.222.5.246
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Example of a Class B Network i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
Subnet address 172.16.2.0
a r
Host address / le
172.16.2.1－172.16.2.254
/
t p:
Broadcast address
t
172.16.2.255
h
s :
ce
IP host address ur172.16.2.120
s o
Subnet mask Re 255.255.255.0
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Example of a Class C Network i .
we
u a
. h
ng
Subnet address 192.168.5.120 n i
a r
Host address l e
192.168.5.121-192.168.5.126
/ /
Broadcast address 192.168.5.127 p :
t t
h
s :
IP host address
ce
192.168.5.121
u r
Subnet mask
s o 255.255.255.248
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Variable Length Subnet Mask (VLSM) i .
we
u a
. h
ng 192.168.1.32/27
n i
a r
192.168.1.160/30
/ le
/
p:
192.168.1.64/27
announce
ISP t t 192.168.1.164/30
192.168.1.0
h
s :
ce 192.168.1.96/27
ur
s o 192.168.1.168/30
Re
n g 192.168.1.128/27
n i
a r 192.168.1.172/30
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) i .
we
u a
 CIDR reduces the scale of the routing table and enhances network . h
ng
extensibility.
n i
a r
/ le
/ 198.168.1.0
tp:
Announce route ht
s
198.168.0.0/16 :
Internet
ce 198.168.2.0
ur
s o
Re
ISP
n g 198.168.3.0
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
/ le
/
p:
tt
Chapter 2 Network Layer Protocols
h
s :
Chapter 3 e
RoutingcPrinciples
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
ARP i .
we
u a
 ARP--Address Resolution Protocol
. h
② n g
MAC address of 10.0.0.2 n i
a
: 00-E0-FD-00-00-12r
/ le
HostA
:/ HostB
IP:10.0.0.1/24
t p
ARP Reply IP:10.0.0.2/24
MAC:00-E0-FD-00-00-11
ht MAC:00-E0-FD-00-00-12
es:
① r c
o u
Need MAC s ARP Request?
address of Re broadcast
10.0.0.2?
n g
n i unicast
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Proxy ARP i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
le
 If an ARP request is
sent from one host in a
/ /
p:
Network A
network to another host
t tARP Reply
in another network, the h ②
s:
router which connects Network B
the two networks can ce

ur ①
o
respond to this request,
s
Re
this procedure is called
ng
Proxy ARP. ARP Request
n i
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
Gratuitous ARP i .
we
② u a
. h
③ Create error ng
MAC address of 10.0.0.1
n i
information : 00-E0-FD-00-00-12
a r
HostA e
lHostB
ARP Reply / /
IP:10.0.0.1/24
t p: IP:10.0.0.1/24
MAC:00-E0-FD-00-00-11
ht MAC:00-E0-FD-00-00-12
s :
① ce
r
ou
need MAC ARP Request?
es
address of broadcast
10.0.0.1？ R
n g unicast
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
RARP i .
we
u a
 RARP--Reverse Address Resolution Protocol
. h
ng
n i
Your IP
a r
le
address is
/
10.0.0.1
/
Diskless
tp:
workstation ht
RARP Reply RARP Server
s :
ce
What’s my IP ur
address? s o
Re RARP Request?
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
/ le
/
p:
tt
Chapter 2 Network Layer Protocols
h
s :
Chapter 3 Routing Principlesce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
The Function of a Router i .
we
u a
. h
ng
i
 Routers operate at layer 3, the core function is to provide
n
connectivity between networks. a r
/le
/
p:
 Group data forwarding
t t
h
 Route : establish, refresh, lookup routing table
s :
e
 Rate adaptation between interfaces
c
ur
o
 Network isolation, prevention of network storms, appointment
s
Re
of access rules (firewall)
n g
n i
 Interconnection of the heterogeneous networks
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
The Working Process of a Router i .
w e
u a
. h
n g
Router
i
Router
n
a r
Network layer Routing protocol e
conversion /l
Network layer
: /
Data link layer
t p Data link layer
ht
Physical layer s : Protocol Physical layer
De-encapsulation
ce encapsulation
u r
s o
LAN1
R e WAN
LAN2
sending
n g receiving
n i transmission
a r
L e
o
e n
m/
c o
Routing Table i .
we
a
 Routers maintain routing tables and use the table to forward data to the
u
correct interface. . h
g n
 A routing table can be of static configuration, it n i
also can be generated
a r
by dynamic routing protocols.
l e
/ /
 A routing table includes the following :
t p contents:
 Destination address ht
s :
 Network mask
ce
u r
 Outgoing interface
s o
R e
 Next hop
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r

l e
What is IP address classification?
 //
What is the function of:ARP/RARP?.
t p

ht function of a
What is the principle
router?
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
p :
t t
hT
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
u r
so
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
TCP/IP Transport Layer l e
/ /
p :
t t T
h
s :
ce www.huawei.com
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
The Transport Layer
l e defines the end-to-
/
end communication/ between applications.
p : will focus on the processes
t
This section
t
h how the transport layer builds
surrounding
ands :manages this end-to-end transport
ce
ur session so as to allow traffic to be sent
s o and received reliably. This shall also
Re include a reflection on the differences
n g between TCP and UDP.
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
expect to: l e
/
/TCP
 Understand the principles of
p :
t
ht
and UDP protocols
s :
 Understand the differences between
TCP and UDPce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
Chapter 1 TCP
tp:
ht
Chapter 2 UDP
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
TCP Protocol Overview i .
we
u a
. h
g
 TCP provides connection-oriented and reliable service for applications.
n
n i
 Reliability of TCP:
a r
 Connection-oriented transmission / le
/
 Maximum segment size t p:
ht
s :
 Transmission acknowledgement mechanism
ce
 Checksum of header u rand data
s o
 Flow control Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
TCP Header Format i .
TCP data segment
we
u a
. h
IP Head TCP Head TCP Data
n g
n i
0 15 16
a r
31
l e
16 bit source port 16
/ /
bit destination port
:
p number
t
32 bit sequence
t
h
:
20 32 bit acknowledge number
bytes s
eUR AC PS RS SY FI 16 bit windows size
Header c
r GKHTNN
Reserved
length
o u
s
16ebit checksum
R 16 bit urgent pointer
n g options
n i
a r data
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
TCP Connection Establishment i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
tp:
ht
s :
ce
u r
s o
R e
Client Server
n g
n i
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
TCP Connection Termination i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
/ le
/
tp:
ht
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
i Client
rn
Server
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
End-to-End Communication i .
we
u a
Transmission virtual circuit
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
WWW.HUAWEI.COM
tp: Host
FTP.HUAWEI.COM ht
s :
ce
r
Application data Data
sou Data
R e
Transmission
n g
21 1028 Data 80 1027 Data
data packet
n i
r
a FTP
Le
Port HTTP Port
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
MSS i .
we
u a
Host A
.
Host Bh
ng
n i
a r
/ le
/
p:
tt
Host A（MSS）
h
s :
ce B（MSS）
Host
ur
s o
Re
 When a connection is to be established, the hosts need to
n
negotiate the MSS.g
n i
a r
 The default value of the MSS is 536 bytes, therefore the
Le
acceptable length of an IP data message is 576 bytes.
r e
o
e n
m/
Windowing Mechanism——Acknowledgement .c o
e i
Technology
a w
Transmission virtual circuit
h u
source g .
destination
in
r n
ea
Host
/ l Host
:/
Send 1,2,3
t p
ht
s :
ce Acknowledge 4
Send 4,5,6 u r
s o
Re
n g Acknowledge 4
n
Send 4,5,6i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Sliding Window i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
/ le
To modify the
/ The sender
windows size
tp: is too fast!
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
/ le
/
Chapter 1 TCP
tp:
ht
Chapter 2 UDP s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
UDP Protocol Overview i .
we
u a
. h
 UDP provides connectionless service for applications.
n g Sessions
n i
are not established before communication takes
a r place between
l e
source site and destination site.
/ /
:
p of connection, receiving
t
ht
 There is no need to maintain the state
and sending, so the server can

s : send the same message to the
c e
other clients at the same
u r time. .
s o
 UDP is suitable R e the application with requirement of high
for
n gefficiency.
transmission
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
UDP Header Format i .
we
u a
. h
UDP Header UDP Data in
g
r n
ea
/l
/
15 16 p:
0
t
t16 bit destination
31
16 bit source port h

s : port
8bytes
ce 16 bit UDP
16 bit UDP
u r length
checksum
s o
Re data
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
TCP VS UDP i .
we
u a
. h
TCP ng UDP
n i
a r
le
 Connection  Connection-oriented  Connectionless
/ /
 Reliability  Reliable
tp:  Unreliable
ht
 Application s :
 Transmission of a
ce  High transmission
Situation
r
mass of data
u
efficiency
o
s  Slow
Re
 Rate  Fast
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
 How does TCP establish e
/ l and
/
terminate a connection?
:
t p
ht
 How does TCP provide reliability?
 What is the:purpose of TCP
Slidingce
s
Window technology?
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
p :
t t
h
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
u r
so
R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e T
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
Introduction to Commonear
/ l
Applications :/
t p
ht
s :
T ce www.huawei.com
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
l
The application layere acts as a means
of providing //services to specified
p : This course describes a
t
applications.
t
numberh of more universal applications
s : examples such as Ping, Trace-
using
ce Telnet, FTP and TFTP.
ur route,
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
T o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
Upon completion of this section, you
a r
should expect to:
/ le
 Acquire the knowledge to : /
t p
t
describe common application
h
layer services and:their operation.
e s
r c
o u
e s
R
n g
n i
ar
Le
r e
T o
e n
m/
c o
PING i .
we
1.1.1.2 1.1.1.1
u a
. h
n g
n i
ICMP Echo
a r
/ le
/
ICMP Echo Reply
tp:
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
T o
e n
m/
c o
ICMP i .
we
u a
 Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) is a part of network layer. It
. h
transfers the information such as error, control and query. n g
n i
a r
 ICMP message is often used by IP or protocols of higher layer (TCP or
UDP), such as Ping.
/ le
/
tp:
ht
s :
IP Header
ce ICMP Message
ur
20 e s o
Bytes
R
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
T o
e n
m/
c o
ICMP Message i .
w e
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
le
0 78 15 16 31
/ /
p:
Type Code Checksum
t t
Contents dependshon type and code
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
ing
r n
e a
L
r e
T o
e n
m/
c o
Common Used Message Types of ICMP i .
we
u a
. h
 0 Echo Reply
n g
n i
a r
le
 3 Destination Unreachable
/ /
 5 Redirect
tp:
 8 Echo ht
s :
ce
 11 Time Exceeded
ur
s o
 12 Parameter Problem
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
T o
e n
m/
c o
Tracert i .
we
u a
. h
g
 Tracert is used to observe the route of the IP data message that
n
is transmitted from one host to another.
n i
a r
 Traceroute makes use of the ICMP message
l e and TTL field in the
IP header. / / ICMP port
p : Unreachable message
ICMP time exceeded message
t t n
1
h
Source site
s : IP Network
ce
1
u r Destination site
s o
UDP data message TTL = 1
2 e message TTL = 2
UDPRdata
…g
nni
n
a r UDP data message TTL＝n
Le
T o
e n
m/
c o
Case Analysis i .
we
u a
RTA RTB RTC
. h
10.1.1.0/30 10.2.2.0/30
n g
3.3.3.3/32
.1 .2 .1 .2
r ni
a
[Quidway]ping 3.3.3.3
/ le
PING 3.3.3.3: 56 data bytes, press CTRL_C to break
/
t p:
Reply from 3.3.3.3: bytes=56 Sequence=1 ttl=254 time=63 ms
ht
Reply from 3.3.3.3: bytes=56 Sequence=2 ttl=254 time=63
Reply from 3.3.3.3: bytes=56 Sequence=3 ttl=254 time=63
ms
ms
s :
ce
u r
s o
[RTA]tracert 3.3.3.3 Re
g
traceroute to 3.3.3.3(3.3.3.3) 30 hops max,40 bytes packet
n
i
1 10.1.1.2 31 ms 31 ms 32 ms
n
r
2 10.2.2.2 62 ms 63 ms 62 ms
a
Le
r e
T o
e n
m/
c o
Application of Telnet i .
we
u a
. h
g
 Telnet provides a method to log into long-distance servers via a
n
connective terminal.
n i
a r
 Telnet uses TCP as its transport layer protocol,
l e the port number is
23. / /
p :
t t
h
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
T o
e n
m/
c o
FTP——Server i .
we
u
1.1.1.1a
. h
n g
n i
a r
FTP client
/ le FTP Server
/
tp:
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
T o
e n
m/
c o
FTP——Client i .
we
1.1.1.2 u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
FTP Server
/ le FTP client
/
tp:
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
T o
e n
m/
c o
FTP——Client (cont.) i .
we
1.1.1.2 u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
FTP Server
/ le FTP client
/
tp:
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
T o
e n
m/
c o
TFTP——Server i .
we
u a
. h
1.1.1.2
n g
n i
a r
/ le
TFTP Server
/
p:
TFTP client
t t
h
s :
download switch.bin to router from TFTP server
ce get switch.bin
<Quidway> tftp 1.1.1.2
u r to TFTP server switch.bin
Upload vrpcfg.cfg
s o
<Quidway> tftp
Re 1.1.1.2 put vrpcfg.cfg vrpcfg.cfg
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
T o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
 What are the functions of Ping and
Tracert? / le
/
: an ICMP
 What is the formatpof
t t
message header? h
s :difference between
e
 What is the
c
u
FTP andr TFTP?
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
T o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
t p:
Tht
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
T
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
VRP Basics and Operation l e
/ /
p :
t t
h
s :
ce www.huawei.com
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
l e Platform (VRP) is
The Versatile Routing
/ /
a versatile operating system platform,
:
developedtpfor all data communication
htof Huawei. With the IP service
products
ass:its core, the VRP adopts the
e
ccomponentized
u r architecture. The VRP
o realizes
es
rich functions and provides
R tailorability and scalability based on
n g applications.
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
le
expect to:
 Understand the VRP Architecture / /

tp:
 Acquire the knowledge for basic VRP ht
configuration s :
ce
ur
 Attain sufficient knowledge to upgrade
s o
Re
router software and backup configuration
files. n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 VRP Overview / le
/
t p:
t
Chapter 2 Building Configuration
h
Environment
s :
ce
Chapter 3 VRP Configuration
u r Basis
o
s Manager
Chapter 4 System
R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
r eTECHNOLOGIES
o
HUAWEI T CO., LTD.. All rights reserved Pa ge 4
e n
m/
c o
VRP Background i .
we
u a
 VRP: Versatile Routing Platform . h
n g
 network operation system n i
a r
 platform to support lots of products
/ le
/
 Provide TCP/IP routing service
t p:
ht  ……
s :  VRP 5.x
VRP 3.x
ce
ur NE series router
 VRP 1.x o
AR series router, NE
seriessrouter and all
forepart version Re switch
series
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T
e n
VRP Architecture m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
tp:
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
Chapter 1 VRP Overview a r
/le
:/
p
t
Environment ht
s :
ce
u r Basics
o
s Manager
Chapter 4 System R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
r eTECHNOLOGIES
o
e n
m/
c o
Building Configuration Environment i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
 Setup via Console
a r
/ le
/
 Setup via Telnet
tp:
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
Console Configuration (1) i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
tp:
ht Router
PC
s :
ce
r
u
RS232 serial o
s Console cable
Re
Console
interface
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
Console Configuration (2) i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
tp:
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
Telnet Configuration (1) i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
PC Router1 a r
Normal l e
Normal
Router2
/ / Destination
p:
line line
t t router
h
s :
ce
ur
s o Router1
Re
Router2
PC Normal
n
Console g line Destination
n
cablei
a r router
Le
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
Telnet Configuration (2) i .
we
u a
[huawei]interface Ethernet 0/0
. h
[huawei-Ethernet0/0]ip address 1.1.1.4 255.0.0.0
n g
[huawei]User-interface vty 0 4
n i
[huawei-ui-vty0-4]authentication-mode password
a r
le
[huawei-ui-vty0-4]set authentication password simple Huawei
[huawei-ui-vty0-4]user privilege level 3
/ /
t p:
ht
s :
normal line e
PC
r c Switch normal line Router
o u Destination
e s
R router
ing
r n
e a
L
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
Chapter 1 VRP Overview a r
/le
:/
p
t
Environment ht
s :
ce
u r Basics
o
s Manager
Chapter 4 System R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
r eTECHNOLOGIES
o
e n
Command View m /
c o
i .
w e
u a
. h
n g
n i
[huawei]user-interface vty 0 User interface view
a r
l e serial 0
/
[huawei]interface Interface view
/
: 2000
t p ACL view
t
system [huawei]acl
h
User view System-view
<Huawei> [huawei]
s : [huawei]vlan 5 VLAN view
ce
r
sou [huawei]ospf
Routing protocol view
Route policy view
R e
n g [huawei]aaa Security view
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
Enter and Quit System View i .
w e
u a
operation .
command h
ng
Enter the system view from the user view n i
system-view
a r
Return to the user view from the system viewl quit
e
/ /
p :
Return to the user view from any other t view return
ht
s :
<Huawei>system-view e
Enter system view,rreturn c
o u user view with Ctrl+Z.
[Huawei]
s
e Serial 0/0/0
[Huawei]interface
R
g
[Huawei-Serial0/0/0]quit
n
i
[Huawei]quit
n
r
<Huawei>
a
Le
r eTECHNOLOGIES
o
e n
m/
c o
Command Line Online Help i .
we
u a
 The command line interface provides the following help functions: . h
ng
 Complete help n i
a r
 Partial help
l e
<Huawei> ?
/ /
complete help
t p: <Huawei> display ?
ht [huawei] interface ethernet ?

s :
ce
Command line help
ur
s o
Re <Huawei> d?
n g partial help
i
rn
<Huawei> display h?
e a
L
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
History Command Query i .
we
u a
. h
gn
n i
Command/Key r
Function
Display the l ea commands that
history
display history-command
the user / / entered
p : has
t t the earlier history command

Up-arrow key or <Ctrl+P>
h
Display
s :
Down-arrow key or <Ctrl+N> ce Display the next history command
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
Configuring Router Name i .
we
u a
. h
operation command
n g
n i
a r
le
Configure the Router Name sysname
/ /
tp:
<Huawei>system-view ht
s :
Enter system view, return to user view with Ctrl+Z.
ce
[Huawei]
ur
s o
#change the router name to Router1
[Huawei]sysname Router1Re
[Router1] n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
Configuring The System Clock i .
we
u a
. h
Operation Command
n g
n i
Set UTC standard time clock datetime
a r
l e
Set time zone
/
clock timezone
/
p :
t
ht
s :
ce
<Huawei>clock datetime 10:19:30 2006/12/12
<Huawei> u r
s o clock
<Huawei>display
2006-12-12Re 10:19:50
Tuesdayg
n
TimeniZone(Default Zone Name) : UTC+00:00
a r
<Huawei>
Le
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
Status Information Query i .
we
u a
. h
g
n
n i
Operation r
Command
a
l e
Display system version
/
display version
/users
Display terminal user p
display:
t
t this
Display running configuration of
hdisplay
the current view
s :
Display system diagnostic e
information r c display diagnostic-information
o u
s
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r eTECHNOLOGIES
o
e n
m/
c o
File Operation i .
we
u a
. h
n g
Operation
i
Command
n
Display file content
a
more r
l e
Copy file
/ /
copy
Move file
t p: move
Rename file ht rename
Delete file s : delete
c e
u r downright
delete file in recycle-bin reset recycle-bin
s o file
Re
Resume deleted undelete
n g
n i
ar
Le
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
Directory Operation i .
we
u a
. h
Operation Command n g
n i
Display the current directory pwd
a r
/ le
Change current directory
/
cd
p:
t dir
Display the file list in the
current directory ht
s :
Create directory
ce mkdir
u r
s
Remove directoryo rmdir
R e
n g
n i
ar
Le
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
Storage Device Operation i .
we
u a
. h
g
n
n i
Operation r
Command
a
l e
Format storage device format
/ /
tp:
Fix storage device whose
htfixdisk
file system is exceptional
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
Configuration File Management i .
we
u a
. h
n g
Operation i
Command
n
a r
le
Display the saved configuration display saved-configuration
/ /
p:
Display the current configuration display current-configuration
t tsave
Save current configuration h
Reset configuration file e s : reset saved-configuration
r c
o u file
e s
Compare configuration compare configuration
R
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
Software Upgrade and File Backup i .
we
u a
. h
n g
 FTP：File Transfer Protocol, based on TCP。
n i
a r
 VRP can be FTP Server, FTP Client e
/ l
 TFTP：Trivial File Transfer Protocol,p:
/
based on UDP。
t t
 VRP can be TFTP Client
h
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r eTECHNOLOGIES
o
e n
m/
c o
Router Gets VRP File as FTP Client i .
e
w
a
uFTP Server
FTP Client
. h
n g
n i
a r
le
PC Console Cable Router A 172.16.104.110
/ /
<RouterA> ftp 172.16.104.110
t p:
Trying 172.16.104.110 ...
Connected to 172.16.104.110. ht
……
s :
User(172.16.104.110:(none)):huawei
ce
331 Give me your password, please
ur
Password:
230 Logged in successfully
s o
……
Re
[RouterA] get vrp.cc
n g
……
n i
150 "D:\system\vrp.cc" file ready to send (5805100 bytes) in IMAGE / Binary mode
a r
226 Transfer finished successfully.
Le
FTP: 5805100 byte(s) received in 19.898 second(s) 291.74Kbyte(s)/sec.
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
Router Gets VRP File as FTP Sever i .
we
u a
. h
FTP Server
n g FTP Client
n i
a r
.1
/le .2
/
PC Console Cable Router A
t p:172.16.104.0
ht
s :
[RouterA]ftp server enable
ce
[RouterA]aaa
r u
o
[RouterA-aaa] local-user huawei service-type ftp
s
R e
[RouterA-aaa] local-user huawei password simple huawei
n g
[RouterA-aaa] local-user huawei ftp-directory flash:/ftp/huawei
n i
a r
Le
r eTECHNOLOGIES
o
e n
m/
c o
Router Gets VRP File from TFTP Server i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
TFTP Client
tp: TFTP Server
ht
s :
ce
Console Cableur
PC
s o Router A 10.111.16.160
R e
n g
n i tftp 10.111.16.160 get vrp.cc cfcard:/vrp.cc
r
<RouterA>
a
Le
r eTECHNOLOGIES
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 VRP Overview le
/
:/
Chapter 2 Building Configuration t p
ht
Environment s :
ce
u r
s o
Chapter 3 VRP Configuration Basis
e
R Manager
g
Chapter 4 System
n
n i
a r
Le
r eTECHNOLOGIES
o
e n
m/
c o
SNMP Principle i .
we
u a
 Based on UDP transport protocol, uses ports 161 and 162.
. h
n g
i
 SNMP defines how management information is transmitted between
n
NMS and Agent
a r
/ le eSight
/
p:
Router A
t t
Agent
h NMS
s :
10.111.16.1
ce
u r
Get/Set UDP 161 10.111.16.160
s o
Re Trap UDP 162
n g
rni
e a
L
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
SNMP Basic Configuration i .
we
u a
eSight
. h
Router A
n g
n i
Agent
a r NMS
le
/ 10.111.16.160
10.111.16.1
/
tp:
[RouterA]snmp-agent ht
s :
[RouterA]snmp-agent sys-info version v3
ce
[RouterA]snmp-agent community read public
ur
o
[RouterA]snmp-agent community write private
s
Re
[RouterA]snmp-agent trap enable
[RouterA]snmp-agent target-host udp-domain 10.111.16.160 udp-port
g
5000 params securityname public
n
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
 How is a console connection
a r
established?
/ le
:/
 What are the VRPpcommand levels
t t
h
and command views?
 How is a s : user created?
Telnet
ce
 Whatrprotocols can be used to
o u
e s
upgrade VRP file?
R
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
p :
t t
hT
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
u r
so
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Routing Protocol Basics l e
/ /
p :
t t
h
s :
ce www.huawei.com
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
l e role in enabling
Routing plays a critical
/ /
:
support for communication between
p networks. A uniformity of
potentiallytall
ht
:
rules must be implemented however to
s
e that communication flows
censure
u r smoothly with optimal efficiency. Such
so
R e behavior and characteristics are the
ing focus of this section.
r n
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
a r
le
expect to:
/ /
 Acquire knowledge on routing concepts
 Understand routing protocolt p:
ht
classifications
s :
ce process for data
 Understand the routing
r
packets in theunetwork
s o
 Understand Re the structure of the routing
table n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
What’s The Route? i .
w e
u a
 A route is the predetermined forwarding path used to forward . h
n g
IP packets.
n i
a r
/ le Destination
/
p:
network N
t t E0/1
hRTC
E0/0 S0/0
s :
RTB
ce
u r
RTA
s o
Re Other networks
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
IP Routing Process i .
we
u a
. h
g
n E1
E1 E0 E0 E1
10.2.1.0/24n
E0 i
10.3.1.0 10.1.2.0/24
r
a .2
10.4.1.0
.1 .2 .1
l e
RTA RTB
/ / RTC
:
p interface destination Next hop interface
t
ht
destination Next hop interface destination Next hop
10.1.2.0 : 10.1.2.2
10.1.2.0 10.1.2.1 E0
s
e 10.1.2.1 E0
E0 10.1.2.0 10.2.2.2 E0
r c
10.2.1.0 10.1.2.2 E0
o u10.2.1.0 10.2.1.1 10.2.1.2 E0
10.3.1.0 10.3.1.1 E1
e s 10.3.1.0 10.1.2.1 E0 10.3.1.0 10.2.1.1 E0
R 10.4.1.0 10.2.1.2 E1
10.4.1.0 10.1.2.2
n g E0 10.4.1.0 10.4.1.1 E1
n i
a r
L e
o
e n
m/
c o
Key Function of a Router i .
we
u a
. h
n g
 Check the destination of the data packet n i
a r
 Confirm the information resources / le
/
tp:
 Discover possible routes
ht
s :
 Select the best route
ce
ur
o
s route information
e
 Validate and maintain
R
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m /
c o
Routing Table Establishment i .
we
u a
. h
10.1.1.0 n g
n i
a r
E0/0
l e 192.168.2.0
E1/0 / /192.168.1.0
t p:
ht
s :
ce
r
u interface
protocol
s o
destination
Re
Direct
n g
10.1.1.0 E0/0
Static n i192.168.1.0 E1/0

a r
e
LOSPF 192.168.2.0 E1/0
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Routes—Discovered by Data Link Layer i .
we
u a
10.1.1.0/30
. h
RTB RTA
n g
i
.1 .2
.1
r n
10.1.2.0/24
[RTB]display ip routing-table
a
Routing Tables: Public
/ le
/
p:
Destinations : 8 Routes : 8
.2
Destination/Mask
t t
Proto Pre Cost NextHop Interface
10.1.1.0/30 h
Direct 0 0 10.1.1.1 Serial0/0/0
RTC 10.1.1.1/32
e s:Direct 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
……
r c
o u
s
10.1.2.1/32 Direct 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
R e
10.1.2.2/32 Direct 0 0 10.1.2.2 Serial0/0/1
n g
r ni127.0.0.1/32 Direct 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Routes—Static Route i .
we
RTA RTB
u a
10.1.1.0/30
. h
n g
.1 .2
n i
Configure static route towards
a r
le
2.2.2.2/32
destination network 2.2.2.2/32
/ /
p:
[RTA] display ip routing-table
t tRoutes : 8
Destinations : 8 h
Destination/Mask
s
Proto :Pre Cost NextHop Interface
2.2.2.2/32
ce 60
Static 0 10.1.1.2 Serial0
u r 0
10.1.1.0/30
soDirect 0 10.1.1.1 Serial0
10.1.1.1/32
R e Direct 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
10.1.1.2/32
n g Direct 0 0 10.1.1.2 Serial0
127.0.0.0/8
n i Direct 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i.
Routes—Discovered by Dynamic Routing Protocol
e
a w
h u
172.16.1.1/32
g .
n
ni
RTC
10.1.2.0/24
a r
le
.2
OSPF
/ /
p:
RTA
Routing Tables: t
RIP .1
ht : 10
Public
10.1.1.0/8
Destinations Routes : 10
.2 .1
s :
e
RTB Destination/Mask Proto Pre Cost NextHop Interface
192.168.2.1/24
r c
10.1.1.0/30 Direct 0 0 10.1.1.2 Serial0/0/0
o u
10.1.1.1/32 Direct 0 0 10.1.1.1 Serial0/0/0
s ……
Re
ng
ni
172.16.1.1/32 OSPF 10 1562 10.1.2.2 Serial0/0/1
ar 192.168.2.0/24 RIP 100 1 10.1.1.1 Serial0/0/0
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Static and Dynamic Route i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
Static route
a r
Dynamic route
le
/ The route that router gets
/
p: from other routers via

 The route configured
manually by network
t t
h routing protocol
administrator
s :  When network topological
 When network topological
ce is changed, routers will
u r
s o
is changed, administrator update route information
Re static route
need to update automatically
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Routing Protocol i .
we
u a
. h
g n
i
n information between
 Routing protocol is like language that used to exchange
a r
e
l reachable information via
routers, routers shares network status and network
/ /
p :
routing protocol. t
ht
s :run same protocols that used to exchange
 The communication peers must
ce
u r
routing information.
s o
R e
g
 Routing protocol define a set of rules about communication between the routers
n
n i
 Routinga rprotocol maintains routing table and provide the best forwarding path.
Le
o
e n
m/
Routing Protocols Classification——Working . c o
e i
Area w a
h u
g .
IGPs：RIP OSPF ISIS in
rn
EGPs：BGP a
/ le
/
tp:
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
AS100
Re AS200
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
Routing Protocols Classification——Protocol . c o
e i
Algorithm w a
h u
g .
in
 According to protocol algorithm
rn
a
 Distance-Vector routing protocol le
/
/
: BGP is more closely
− It includes RIP and BGP. However,
t p
t
associated with being a h Path-Vector routing protocol.
s :
ce
r
 Link-State routing protocol
u
o
s the shortest path first routing protocol,
e
− It is also called
R
n
includesg OSPF and IS-IS.
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
Routing Protocols Classification——Service . c o
e i
Application w a
h u
g .
in
 According to service application n
r
a
 Unicast Routing Protocols: includes / le OSPF, BGP, IS-IS etc.
RIP,
:/
t p DVMRP, PIM-SM, PIM-
ht
 Multicast Routing Protocols: includes
DM and so on. s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Routing Table i .
we
u a
. h
ng
[Quidway] display ip routing-table
n i
Routing Tables:
a r
Destination/Mask proto pref l
Metric eNexthop Interface
0 /
/ 120.0.0.2
p:
0.0.0.0/0 Static 60 Serial0/0
8.0.0.0/8 RIP
t
100 t3 120.0.0.2 Serial0/1
10 h
9.0.0.0/8 OSPF
:
s 100 4
50 20.0.0.2 Ethernet0/0
9.1.0.0/16 RIP
ce 120.0.0.2 Serial0/0
11.0.0.0/8 u
Staticr 60 0 120.0.0.2 Serial0/1
s o
20.0.0.0/8
Re Direct 0 0 20.0.0.1 Ethernet0/2
ng
20.0.0.1/32 Direct 0 0 127.0.0.1 LoopBack0
n i
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Preference of Routing Protocol i .
e w
a
u (the
 If there are multiple routes, the route with higher preference h
. to forward IP
smaller the value, the higher the preference) will be used
n g
packets. n i
a r
e
l OSPF
RIP
/ /
p :
t
ht
s :
ce
10.0.0.0 R0 ur 10.0.0.0 R1
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r 10.0.0.0 R1
L e Routing table
o
e n
m/
c o
Routing Protocol Preference Values i .
we
u a
. h
 The default route preference on VRP platform is shown in the ng
n i
following table
a r
Routing protocol l e
Preference
/ /0
p:
DIRECT
OSPF
t t 10
h
s:
IS-IS 15
STATIC
ce 60
r
ou
RIP 100
OSPF ASE
e s 150
R
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Route Metric i .
we
u a
 There are two routes from router A to D :
. h
n g
 Path1： A→B→C→D ，the total route metric is 9
n i
 Path2： A→E→F→C→D ， the total route metric is 12 a r
/ le
/
p:
 The router first selects the smaller metric route, and adds it into the
routing table.
t t
B hC D
5
s : 2
ce
A 2
ur
s o 1
Re
n g 6
n i F
a r 3
Le
E
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) i .
we
u a
 Equal Cost Multi-Path
. h
n g
i
 There are several routes towards the same destination with same route
n
r
metric. If the route preference is the same, these routes are all added into
a
le
the routing table, and IP packet transfer will be balanced over these links.
/
/
p:
 Two equal cost multi-path from A to D:
 A→B→C→D，total metric 5+5+8=18
t t
h
 A→C→D， :
total metric 10+8=18
B es
r c
o u
e s
5 R 5
ng
A C D
ni
8
a r 10
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Equal Cost Multi-Path i .
we
u a
[RTB] display ip routing-table
. h
n g
n i
Destination/Mask Proto Pre Cost NextHop
a r
Interface
3.3.3.0/24 Direct 0 0 3.3.3.2
/ le Serial2
/
p:
3.3.3.1/32 Direct 0 0 3.3.3.1 Serial2
t
10.1.1.1/32 Static 60 0
ht 1.1.1.1 Serial0
Static 60
s
0
: 2.2.2.1 Serial1
Static
ce
60 0 3.3.3.1 Serial2
20.1.1.1/32 Direct
ur 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
127.0.0.0/8
s o
Direct 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
Re
n g
n i Equal Cost Multi-Path
a r realizes load-balance
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
The Longest Match i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
Lookup routing table
a r
/ le
/
Destination performs
t p:
logical AND operation
with mask ht
s :
ce
ur
o
Compare thesdestination match
e routing table
address inRthe
Select the longest
matched route
n g
n i
ar
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
The Example of Longest Match i .
we
u a
 The data packet of destination 9.1.2.1 will match the route 9.1.0.0/16
. h
n g
[Quidway] display ip routing-table
n i
a r
le
Routing Tables:
Destination/Mask proto pref
/ /
Metric Nexthop Interface
0 p:
0.0.0.0/0
8.0.0.0/8
Static 60
RIP
t
100 ht3
120.0.0.2
120.0.0.2
Serial0/1
Serial0/1
9.0.0.0/8 OSPF
s : 50 20.0.0.2
10 Ethernet0/0
e
RIP c 100
9.1.0.0/16
r
u 60 0
4 120.0.0.2 Serial0/1
11.0.0.0/8
s o
Static 120.0.0.2 Serial0/1
20.0.0.0/8 Re Direct 0 0 20.0.0.1 Ethernet0/2
n g
i
20.0.0.1/32 Direct 0 0 127.0.0.1 LoopBack0
r n
a
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Routing Loop i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n
 Routing LOOP: the data packet is transferred between twoi
a r
or more routers repeatedly until TTL value l e decreases to 0,
/ /
after which it will be discarded.
p :
t t
RTB
h
s :
TTL-1
ce TTL-1
u r
RTA
s o Network N
Re
n g TTL-1
n i towards
Packet RTC RTD
a rnetwork N
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
gn
 What are the sources of routes, nandi
a r
what are their characteristics?
l e
/ / for

:
What are the classifications
p
t t
dynamic routing protocols?

h
What are the:values that can be found
s
in a routinge table?
r c
 Whatou does equal cost multi-path mean?
e s
R
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You le
// :
t p
ht
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
ur
s o T
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
T
n i
a r
Static Route / le
/
t p:
ht
s :
ce www.huawei.com
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Static Routes e
lprovide an effective
/ /
means of routing traffic between
t p:
networks without the need for a routing
h
protocol.
t This section will give an
s :
introduction into how this is achieved
ce
ur and implemented, and also provide and
s o insight into the variations of static routes
Re that exist.
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.. All rights reserved Pa ge 2 T
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
a r
le
expect to:
/ /
 Acquire the skills to implement static
routes and default routes t p:
t
hof static route
 Understand the concepts
s :
load balancing andebackup routes
r c
 Use the knowledgeo u gained to implement
e s and backup routes.
R
load balancing
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
Static Routes i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
 Configured by network administrator.
a r
le
/
 Must be maintained manually: when the /
: network fails, the static route
t p
t
won’t compensate for the failure.h
s :
ce
u
 Suitable for simple network r topologies.
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
HUAWEI All rights reserved Pa ge 4 T
e n
m/
c o
Static Route Configuration i .
we
u a
. h
 Configuring a static route towards destination 10.1.1.1 on router B.
n g
n i
RTA
a
RTB r
.1 1.1.1.0/24 .2
/ le
10.1.1.1/32
:/ 20.1.1.1/32
S0
t pS0
ht
s :
[RTB] ip route-static
ce 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.255 1.1.1.1
u r
o
or [RTB] ip route-static 10.1.1.1 32 1.1.1.1
Or [RTB] R esroute-static 10.1.1.1 32 Serial 0

ip
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Static Route Configuration i .
we
u a
. h
n g
<RTB> display ip routing-table
n i
a r
Routes :le
Destinations : 7
Destination/Mask Proto Pre Cost /
/ 7
: NextHop
0tp 1.1.1.2
Interface
t 1.1.1.1
1.1.1.0/24 Direct 0 Serial0
1.1.1.1/32 Direct 0 h 0 Serial0
Direct 0:
1.1.1.2/32
s
e 60 0 1.1.1.1
0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
10.1.1.1/32 c
r 0 0 127.0.0.1
Static Serial0
20.1.1.1/32
o u
Direct InLoopBack0
e s
127.0.0.0/8
R Direct 0 0 127.0.0.1
Direct 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
127.0.0.1/32
n g InLoopBack0
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Static Route Load Balancing i .
we
u a
. h
Configuring 3 routes towards destination 10.1.1.1 of router A on router B.
n g
n i
RTA
a
RTB r
1.1.1.0/24 le
/
10.1.1.1/32
2.2.2.0/24p :/ 20.1.1.1/32
.1
t .2
ht
3.3.3.0/24
s :
c e 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.255 1.1.1.1
r 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.255 2.2.2.1
o u
s
[RTB] ip route-static 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.255 3.3.3.1
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Static Route Load Balancing i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
le
Destination/Mask Proto Pre Cost NextHop Interface
1.1.1.0/24 Direct 0 0
/
1.1.1.2/ Serial0
1.1.1.1/32 Direct 0 0
p:
1.1.1.1
t
Serial0
1.1.1.2/32
……
Direct 0 0
ht
127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
10.1.1.1/32 Static 60
s
0 : 1.1.1.1 Serial0
ce
Static 60 0 2.2.2.1 Serial1
222222222222
222222222
ur
……
s o
Re
n g
n i ECMP load-balancing
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Static Route Backup Routes i .
we
u a
Configuration of a backup route towards the destination . h
ng
address10.1.1.1 of router A from router B.
RTBrn
i
RTA
ea
1.1.1.0/24
/l
10.1.1.1/32
/ 20.1.1.1/32
p: .2
2.2.2.0/24
.1
t t
h
s :
e 255.255.255.255 2.2.2.1 preference 100
[RTB] ip route-static 10.1.1.1
r c
o u
s
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
le
/ / Interface
p:
1.1.1.0/24 Direct 0 0 1.1.1.2 Serial0
1.1.1.1/32 Direct 0 0 1.1.1.1
t t Serial0
1.1.1.2/32 Direct 0 0
h
……
s :
10.1.1.1/32 Static 60 0
ce 1.1.1.1 Serial0
20.1.1.1/32 Direct 0
ur0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
……
s o
Re
n g
n i Router selects the more
a r preferred route firstly.
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
we
u a
. h
[RTB] display ip routing-table protocol static
n g
Public Routing Table : Static
n i Higher preference
route is the used
a r route and is added
Static Routing table Status : < Active>

/ le to routing table
/
p:
t
Destination/Mask Proto Pre Costh NextHop
t Interface
Static 60 :0
Lower preference
10.1.1.1/32
e s 1.1.1.1 Serial0
route is backup
c
r : < Inactive>
route, not added
u
Static Routing table Status
o: 1
to routing table
e s
Destinations Routes : 1
R
10.1.1.1/32 n
g
Destination/Mask Proto Pre Cost NextHop Interface
n i Static 100 0 2.2.2.1 Serial1
a r
L e
o
e n
m/
c o
we
u a
Shut down the used link
. h
n g
i
[RTB-Serial0] shutdown
[RTB-Serial0] display ip routing-table
r n
a
le
Destinations : 7
/ /
Routes : 7
Proto Pre Cost: NextHop
Destination/Mask
t p Interface
Direct 0 t 0
2.2.2.0/24
h 2.2.2.2 Serial1
2.2.2.1/32
:
Direct 0 0 2.2.2.1
s 0 0 127.0.0.1
Serial1
2.2.2.2/32
ce
Direct InLoopBack0
10.1.1.1/32
u r
s o
e
……
R Backup route becomes the
n g
n i active route, and is added
a r to the routing table
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
Default Route i .
we
u a
. h
 Default route is special route that can be configuredng manually, but
n i
also by some dynamic routing protocols, suchaas r OSPF and IS-IS.
l e
/ / route is 0.0.0.0 (mask is
:
 In the routing table, the destination of default
p
t t
also 0.0.0.0). h
s :
 When a router receives a data
ce packet but has no route to the
u r
s o table, the default route will act as the longest
destination in it’s routing
R e
matched routeg and send the data packet to default route’s next hop.
i n
r n
e a
L
o
e n
m/
c o
Default Route Configuration i .
we
u a
 Configuring a default route on router B . h
n g
n i
RTA
a
RTB r
1.1.1.0/24
/ le
10.1.1.1/30
/ 20.1.1.1/30
p:
.1 .2
t t
h
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Default Route i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
r
a
le
/ / Interface
p:
0.0.0.0/0 Static 60 0 1.1.1.1 Serial0
1.1.1.0/24 Direct 0 0
t
1.1.1.2
t
Serial0
1.1.1.1/32 Direct 0 0
h
1.1.1.1 Serial0
1.1.1.2/32 Direct 0 0
s : 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
10.1.1.1/32 Static 60 0
ce 1.1.1.1 Serial0
20.1.1.1/32 Direct 0
ur 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
127.0.0.0/8 Direct 0
s o 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
127.0.0.1/32
Re Direct 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Default Route i .
we
u a
 Default routes also support load balancing and backup routes. . h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
Destinations : 10
p:
Routes : 11
t
Destination/Mask Proto
0.0.0.0/0
Pre Cost
Static 60 0 ht
NextHop
1.1.1.1
Interface
Serial0
Static 60
s0: 2.2.2.1 Serial1
1.1.1.0/24 Direct 0
ce 0 1.1.1.2 Serial0
ur
o
1.1.1.1/32 Direct 0 0 1.1.1.1 Serial0
s
Re
2.2.2.0/24 Direct 0 0 2.2.2.2 Serial1
2.2.2.1/32
n g Direct 0 0 2.2.2.1 Serial1
……
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
l e load

/
What are the differences between
/
: for static routes?
balancing and backup routes
p
 What is a default h tt
route?
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
T
/ /
p :
t t
h
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
u r
so
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
Dynamic Routing Protocolear
/ l
T
Basics :/ p
t
ht
s :
ce www.huawei.com
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
l e the basic concepts
This section will introduce
of dynamic routing
/ / protocols, and it is the
: routing protocol principles.
basis for the plater
t t
h
s :
r ce
o u
e s
R
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T CO., LTD..
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES All rights reserved Pa ge 2
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
expect to:
/ le
 Gain knowledge of the common :/
dynamic routing protocols tt
p
h
s :
 Understand the classification of
ce
dynamic routing protocols
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T CO., LTD..
e n
m/
c o
Dynamic Routing Protocols i .
we
u a
. h
 A routing protocol is like a language that is used to g
in exchange
information between routers. Routers share a the

n
r network status and
l e
network reachablility information through / / routing protocols.
p :
t t
 Routers transmit and collect selected h routing information via routing
s :
protocols. Routing protocols
ce define a set of rules for communication
u r
s
between the neighboringo routers.
Re
n g
 Involves calculating routes dynamically, adapting to network changes,
n i
a
finding rroutes from local routers to reach other networks.
Le
r eTECHNOLOGIES
o
e n
m/
c o
Dynamic Routing Protocols i .
we
u a
. h
 RIP：Routing Information Protocol
n g
n i
 OSPF：Open Shortest Path First
a r
/ le
/
 ISIS： Intermediate System to Intermediate System
tp:
 BGP：Border Gateway Protocol
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T CO., LTD..
e n
m/
c o
Autonomous System i .
we
u a
. h
n g
AS65000
n i
a r AS65001
RIPv1/v2
/ le
:/
OSPF
tpBGP
ht
s :
ISIS
ce
ur
s o
Re
 Autonomous system (AS)： A set of routers that are managed by a
n g
i
single organization and using same path selection policy.
n
a r
Le
r e
o T CO., LTD..
e n
m/
c o
i
The Classification of Dynamic Routing Protocols .
e w
u a
. h
Working area
n g
n i
AS65000
a r
/ le AS65001
RIPv1/v2
/
p:
tBGP
OSPF ht
s :
ce
ISIS
u r
s o
R e
 g
Routing protocol
n
within AS—— IGP：RIPv1/v2、OSPF、ISIS
i
Routingnprotocol across AS —— EGP：BGP

a r
Le
r e
o T CO., LTD..
e n
m/
c o
i
The Classification of Dynamic Routing Protocols .
e w
u a
. h
protocol algorithm
n g
n i
 Distance-vector routing protocol a r
/ le
Based on distance-vector algorithm /
RIPv1/v2、BGP t p:
ht
 Link-state routing protocol
s :
Based SPF (Shortest cePath First) algorithm
u r
OSPF、ISIS so
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T CO., LTD..
e n
m /
c o
i
Interoperability Between The Routing Protocols .
e w
u a
. h
 Each routing protocol can only advertise and learn the
n g known route.
n i
a r protocol at a certain
 The known route refers to the route running
l e
interface, or the route discovered :
/
by/ the routing protocol in the
t p
routing table ht
 To know other routes, the s
:
ce import operation is needed.
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r eTECHNOLOGIES
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
Dynamic Routing Protocol Performance Expectations
e w
u a
 Correctness
. h
n g
 The optimal route can be found, and there is no routing loop.
n i
 Fast convergence a r
l e
/ /
 When the topological network structure changes, the route can be changed
accordingly in the AS.
p :
t t
 Low cost h
s
 The cost of the protocol itself: (memory, CPU, network bandwidth) is minimal.
ce
 Security
u r
s o
R e
 With the relevant security mechanism, the protocol itself is not easy to attack.
n g
 Universal application
n i to networks of various topological structures and scales.
r
 Universal
a
Le
r eTECHNOLOGIES
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
 What are the common dynamic routing a r
protocols used? / le
/
: can be

t p
Dynamic routing protocols
divided into which t
h domain classifications?
s : of dynamic routing

e
What classifications
c
u
protocols r are there?
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o T CO., LTD..
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
t p:
ht
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
ur
T s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
w e
u a
. h
ng
n i
Distance-vector Routingear
/ l
Protocol :/
tp
T
ht
s :
ce www.huawei.com
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
l e
Dynamic routing protocol is divided into
distance-vector/ /routing protocols and link
p : protocols, according to
t
status. routing
t
h
the algorithms the protocols rely on. This
s : will introduce the principles of
section
e
cdistance-vector
u r routing protocols in detail,
so and describe routing loop issues, whilst,
R e introducing methods to avoid such loops.
n g
n i
a r T
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
expect to:
/le
 Understand the principles of distance- :/
vector routing protocols tt
p
h
 Understand routing loop
s : issues and be
able to apply loop c e
avoidance solutions
u r
s o
R e
n g
n i
a r T
L e
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
Protocol Overview i .
w e
u a
RTA RTB
. hRTC
n g
10.1.1.0/30 10.1.2.0/30 10.1.3.0/30
n i 10.1.4.0/30
.1 .1 .2 .1
a r .2 .1
/ le
/
p:
hop hop hop
destination next hop destination next hop destination next hop
t --
count count count
10.1.1.0 -- 0 10.1.2.0
ht 0 10.1.3.0 -- 0
10.1.2.0 -- 0
s :
10.1.3.0 -- 0 10.1.4.0 -- 0
10.1.3.0 10.1.2.2 1
r ce10.1.1.0 10.1.2.1 1 10.1.2.0 10.1.3.1 1
o u 10.1.4.0 10.1.3.2 1
e s
R
 Based on distance-vector algorithm, it is also called Bellman-ford or Ford-
Fulkerson algorithm
n g
i
 The route is advertised as vector (Distance and Direction)
n
a r Trouter sends its own routing table to its directly
 updating periodically: each
Le
connected routers periodically.
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
Route Flooding i .
we
u a
Initialization . h
n g
n i
RTA RTB
a r RTC
10.1.1.0/30 10.1.2.0/30 l e
10.1.3.0/30 10.1.4.0/30
.1 .1 .2 /.1/ .2 .1
p:
t
next hop
t
h next hop next hop
destination
hop count
s : hop
destination
count
destination
hop count
t0 10.1.1.0 -- 0
r ce10.1.2.0 -- 0 10.1.3.0 -- 0
10.1.2.0 -- 0
o u 10.1.3.0 -- 0 10.1.4.0 -- 0
e s
R
 When the router starts, it initializes the routing table, creates a table item for
n g
each direct y connected network.
n i
 The hop count of every initialization table item is 0.
a r T
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Route Flooding i .
w e
u a
Updating periodically . h
n g
RTA RTB
n i RTC
a r
10.1.1.0/30 10.1.2.0/30
l e
10.1.3.0/30 10.1.4.0/30
.1/
.1 .1 .2
/ .2 .1
tp:
hop h t hop hop
destination next hop
count
s :
count
count
t1 10.1.1.0 -- 0
r ce10.1.2.0 -- 0 10.1.3.0 -- 0
10.1.2.0 --
o
0 u 10.1.3.0 -- 0 10.1.4.0 -- 0
e s1
10.1.3.0 10.1.2.2
R 10.1.1.0 10.1.2.1 1 10.1.2.0 10.1.3.1 1
ng
10.1.4.0 10.1.3.2 1
n i
a r
 Each router sends its own routing
T table to its directly connected neighbors
L e
periodically.
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
Route Flooding i .
we
u a
Updating periodically . h
n g
RTA RTB
n i RTC
a r
10.1.1.0/30 10.1.2.0/30
l e
10.1.3.0/30 10.1.4.0/30
.1/
.1 .1 .2
/ .2 .1
t p:
hop ht hop hop
count
s :
count
count
ce
r
10.1.2.0 -- 0 10.1.3.0 -- 0
t2 10.1.1.0 -- 0
0 u 10.1.3.0
10.1.2.0 --
10.1.2.2 es
o -- 0 10.1.4.0 -- 0
10.1.3.0
R 2 10.1.4.0 10.1.3.2 1
1 10.1.1.0 10.1.2.1 1 10.1.2.0 10.1.3.1 1
10.1.4.0
g
10.1.2.2
n
10.1.1.0 10.1.3.1 2
 Each router n
i
a r sends its own routing
T table to its directly connected neighbors
L e
periodically.

o
e n
m/
c o
Updating Fundamentals i .
w e
u a
adding . h
gRTB has no route
ntowards 10.1.1.1, so it
n i
RTA RTB
a r should add this item
10.1.1.0/30 10.1.2.0/30 e
l10.1.3.0/30
/ /.1
p:
.1 .1 .2
t t destination next hop

hop
next hop h hop

count
destination
hop count :
s count 10.1.2.0 -- 0
c e --
r
10.1.1.0 -- 0 10.1.2.0 0 10.1.3.0 -- 0
10.1.2.0 -- 0
o u
10.1.3.0 -- 0
s
10.1.1.0 10.1.2.1 1
Re
ng Next hop is the interface IP Hop count:
n i address of router A 0+1
ar T
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
w e
u a
Change (1)
. h
The hop count of the path
n g
towards 10.0.1.0 across
n i RTA is lower (5-1>2), it will

RTA RTB
a r update this item in the
10.1.1.0/30 10.1.2.0/30 l e
10.1.3.0/30 routing table
.1/
/
p:
.1 .1 .2
t t
next hop h hop hop
destination
hop count
s :
count
count
c e --
r
10.1.1.0 -- 0 10.1.2.0 0 10.1.2.0 -- 0
10.1.2.0 -- 0
o u
10.1.3.0 -- 0 10.1.3.0 -- 0
s
Re
10.0.1.0 10.1.1.2 2 10.0.1.0 10.1.3.2 5 10.0.1.0 10.1.2.1 3
n g
i
rn
Next hop is the interface Hop count:
T
e a IP address of RTA 2+1
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
we
u a
Change (2)
. h
If gthe metric of route
n
RTA RTB
rni towards 10.0.2.0 has
ea changed. The routing table
10.1.1.0/30 10.1.2.0/30
/ l
10.1.3.0/30
should update this item.
/
p:
.1 .1 .2 .1
t t
next hop h hop hop
destination
hop count
s :
count
count
ce
r
10.1.1.0 -- 0 10.1.2.0 -- 0 10.1.2.0 -- 0
10.1.2.0 -- 0
o u
10.1.3.0 -- 0 10.1.3.0 -- 0
e s
R
10.0.2.0 10.1.1.2 4 10.0.2.0 10.1.2.1 2 10.0.2.0 10.1.2.1 5
n g
i
rn
Hop count:
T Next hop is router A
e a 4+1
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
w e
u a
If the route towards
Deleting
. h is invalid on
10.0.3.0
n g RTB should
RTA,
RTA RTB r nidelete this item
ea
10.1.1.0/30 10.1.2.0/30 / l
10.1.3.0/30
/
.1 .1 .2
t p: .1
next hop
t
hnext hop
destination
hop count
s :
destination
hop
destination
next hop
e
count hop count
c
10.1.1.0 -- 0
10.1.2.0 -- 0 r
10.1.2.0
u 10.1.3.0
-- 0 10.1.2.0 -- 0
s o -- 0 10.1.3.0 -- 0
Re 10.0.3.0 10.1.2.1 2
n g
n i
a r T
Le Next hop is RTA
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
Routing Loop i .
e
wRouting Table
u a
. h
11.1.0.0
n g Destination interface count
Routing Table
E0 B
n i 11.2.0.0 S0 0
destination interface count
11.2.0.0
a r
S0 le
11.3.0.0 S1 0
11.1.0.0 E0 0 S0
/ / S1 11.4.0.0 S1 3
11.2.0.0 S0 0 A
t p: 11.1.0.0 S0 1
11.3.0.0 S0 1 t
hC 11.3.0.0
11.4.0.0 S0 4
s :
e S0 Routing Table
E0
r c
u
s o
Re
11.3.0.0 S0 0
11.4.0.0
11.4.0.0 S0 2
n g
n i 11.2.0.0 S0 1
a r T 11.1.0.0 S0 2
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
Unreachable Routes i .
w e
u aRouting Table
. h
11.1.0.0
g
interface
n 11.2.0.0
interface count
Routing Table E0 B
n i S0 0
11.2.0.0
a r
S0 le
11.3.0.0 S1 0
11.1.0.0 E0 0
S0
/ / S1 11.4.0.0 S1 16
11.2.0.0 S0 0 A
t p: 11.1.0.0 S0 1
11.3.0.0 S0 1 t
hC 11.3.0.0
11.4.0.0 S0 16
s :
ce E0 S0 Routing Table
u r destination interface count
s o
Re
11.4.0.0 11.3.0.0 S0 0
11.4.0.0 E0 16
g
If the hop count is16, it means
n
n i
this route is unreachable 11.2.0.0 S0 1
a r T 11.1.0.0 S0 2
Le
r e
o
e n
/m
not announce.Ac
o
Loop Avoidance – Split-horizon i
e
w Table
u a
Routing
. h
11.1.0.0
g
Routing Table B in
E0
11.2.0.0 n 11.2.0.0
r 11.3.0.0
S0 0
S0 l e a S1 0
11.1.0.0 E0 0
S0
/ / S1 11.4.0.0 S1 1
11.2.0.0 S0 0 A
p :
t 11.1.0.0 S0 1
11.3.0.0 S0 1
hCt 11.3.0.0
not announce C
11.4.0.0 S0 2
s :
c e E0 S0
Routing Table
u r
not announce B o
s 11.4.0.0
R e 11.3.0.0 S0 0
n g 11.4.0.0 E0 0
n i
a r not Tannounce B 11.2.0.0 S0 1
L e 11.1.0.0 S0 2

o
e n
m/
c o
Loop Avoidance -- Route Poisoning i .
we
u a
. h
ng
11.1.0.0
n i
E0
a
B r
le
11.2.0.0
/ /
p:
S0 S0
A t t S1
h
s:
Poison reverse update, 11.3.0.0
C
network 11.4.0.0 is
ce
unreachable
u r S0
s o E0
Re
n g 11.4.0.0
The network 11.4.0.0 is
n i disconnected
a r T
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Loop Avoidance -- Hold-down Timers i .
we
u a
. h
ng
11.1.0.0
n i
E0
a
B r
le
11.2.0.0
/ / Update after the hold-

p:
S0 S0
Update after the hold-
A t t S1 down time expiry period
down time expiry period h
s:
11.3.0.0
C
ce
u rE0 S0
s o
Re
n g 11.4.0.0
Network 11.4.0.0 is
n i unreachable
a r T
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Loop Avoidance -- Triggered Updates i .
we
u a
. h
g
n
11.1.0.0
n i
disconnected
E0
a
B r
le
11.2.0.0
/ /
p:
S0 S0
A t t S1
The network 11.4.0.0 is h
s:
disconnected 11.3.0.0
C
ce
u rE0 S0
s o
Re
n g 11.4.0.0
n i disconnected
a r T
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
Integration of Hold-down Timers and c o
i .
Triggered Updates we
u a
The network
11.4.0.0gis.
h
11.1.0.0
in
disconnected
B r
n
E0
11.2.0.0 ea
/ l
Update after hold-
/
p:
S0 S0
down time
A t t S1 Update after hold-
The network h down time
s:
11.3.0.0
11.4.0.0 is C
disconnected ce
u rE0 S0
s o
Re
n g 11.4.0.0
n i disconnected
a r T
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/
 What is a distance-vector le
routing protocol?p:
/
t t
 What are thehmethods used to
prevent s : loop?
routing
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r T
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
T ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
p :
t t
h
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
u r
so
R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
RIP Routing Protocol/le
:/
t p
ht
s :
ce www.huawei.com
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
l
RIP routing protocole is a distance-vector
/ / it is generally applied
:
routing protocol,
p
to smallttscale networks. This section
h
gives
s : a detailed introduction of two
e
cversions
u r of the RIP routing protocol:
o RIPv1
es
and RIPv2, and introduces the
R common configuration commands of
n g
n i RIP.
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
expect to: l e
/
/ of
 Understand the basic principles
p :
t
ht
the RIP routing protocol
: and
 Identify the similarities
s
ce RIPv1 and
differences between
RIPv2 ou
r
e s
 AcquireR the skills to configure RIP
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
RIP Routing Protocol Overview i .
we
u a
 RIP: Routing Information Protocol. . h
n g
 It is an IGP based distance-vector routing protocol. n i
a r
 RIP is suitable for small scale networks, and
l e includes two
version: RIPv1 and RIPv2. / /
p :
 RIP uses UDP at the transport layer
t t to exchange routing
h
:
information, its port number is 520.
s
 RIP supports split horizon, cepoison reverse and triggered
u r
updates.
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Initialization of RIP Routing Table i .
w e
u a
. h
Routing table Routing table
n g
initialization initialization
n i
———— ————
a r
e
— —l— —
————
/ /
NET1 ————
tp: — — — — NET2
ht
s :
ce
RTA r
ou
RTB
e s
R
n g
n iRequest Response
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
RIP Routing Table Update i .
w e
a
uRouting Table
Routing Table Response Response
. h
n g destination
i
next hop
N1 C
r n
a
N4 F
e
N2 D
N3 E RTA
/ lRTB
/
: update
t p
Route
ht
s :
Routing Table
ce Routing Table
r
ou
destination next hop destination next hop
e s N1 A
R
N1 C
N2
n g
D RTA RTB N2 A
N3
r ni E N3 A
e
N4
a B N4 F
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
RIPv1 vs. RIPv2 i .
we
u a
. h
 RIPv1 is a classful routing protocol, does not n g
n i
support VLSM and CIDR.
a r
 Sends messages via broadcast.
/ le
 Doesn’t support authentication. p:
/
t t
 RIPv2 is ha classless routing protocol, supports
s :
e route aggregation and CIDR.
VLSM,
c
r
u Supports messages sent via broadcast or
s o
Re multicast address (240.0.0.9).
n g  Supports plain text and MD5 authentication.
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
RIPv1 Message Format i .
we
0 8 16
u a 31
Command version
. h
Unused( set to all zeros)
n g
Address Family Identifier
i
n
IP address
a r
route l e
entry / /
Unused( set to:all zeros)
t p
ht
Metric
Multiple s : up to maximum of 25
fields,
ce
u r
s o
Address Family Identifier Unused( set to all zeros)
route R e IP address
entry n g Unused( set to all zeros)
n i Unused( set to all zeros)

ar
Le
Metric
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
RIPv2 Message format i .
we
0 8 16
u a 31
. h
Command version
g
n
Address Family Identifier
n iRoute tag
a r
IP address
l e
route Subnet mask
/ /
entry
p :
Next hop
t t
h Metric
s :
e
Multiple fields, up to maximum of 25
c
u r
s o
Address Family Identifier Route tag
Re IP address
route
n g Subnet mask
entry
n i
a r Next hop
Le Metric
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Example of RIP Basic Configuration i .
we
u a
. h
RTA RTB
ng RTC
L0:
n i L0:
172.16.1.1/32
192.168.1.0/30
r
192.168.2.0/30
a .2 10.1.1.1/32
.1 .2 .1
l e
/ /
[RTA] rip
p :
[RTA-rip-1]version 2
t t
[RTA-rip-1] network 192.168.1.0
h
s :
e
[RTB]rip
c
[RTB-rip-1]version 2
r
u
[RTB-rip-1]network 192.168.1.0
o
s
[RTB-rip-1]network 192.168.2.0
Re [RTC]rip
[RTC-rip-1]version 2
n g [RTC-rip-1]network 192.168.2.0
n i [RTC-rip-1]network 10.0.0.0
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Display RIP Information i .
we
u a
[RTA]display rip
. h
Public VPN-instance
n g
RIP process : 1
n i
RIP version : RIP-2
a r
Preference : 100
Checkzero : Enabled
l e :0
Default-cost
/ / : Enabled
Summary : Enabled
: :8
Hostroutes
Maximum number of balanced p
t paths
: 30 sec t Age time : 180 sec
Update time
h
s :
Garbage-collect time : 120 sec
Graceful restart e: Disabled
r c : Disabled
BFD
o u : None
s : Disabled
Silent-interfaces
e
R
Default-route
n g
Verify-source : Enabled
n i
Networks :
ar192.168.1.0 172.16.0.0
…… Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Display RIP Route i .
we
u a
. h
n g
[RTA]display rip 1 route
n i
Route Flags: R – RIP
a r
A - Aging, G - Garbage-collect e
/ l
:/
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Peer 192.168.1.2 on Serial0/0/1
t p
Destination/Mask Nexthop ht Cost Tag Flags Sec
192.168.2.0/30
s :
192.168.1.2 1 0 RA 12
ce
10.1.1.1/32
u r
192.168.1.2 2 0 RA 12
……
s o
RIP neighbor R e
address, the
n g Classless route
The metric to destination,
i
interface connected
with neighborn
and variable
namely hop count
a r subnet mask
L e
o
e n
m/
c o
Configuring RIP Version i .
we
u a
RTA RTB h
RTC
n g.
i
L0: L0:
192.168.1.0/30 192.168.2.0/30
172.16.1.1/32
rn 10.1.1.1/32
.1 .2 .1
ea .2
/ l
/
[RTA-rip-1]version 2
tp:
ht
[RTA-Serial0/0/1]rip version 2 multicast
s :
ce
[RTA]display rip 1
r
u
Public VPN-instance
o
s 1
e
R RIP-2
RIP process:
g
RIP version:
n
n i
a r The version of RIP is 2
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
RIP Route Aggregation i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
 Route aggregation means that when the routes of different sub-network in
a r
the same natural network segment are advertised,
l e the route will be
/ / mask.
:
advertised as an aggregated route with a natural
p
t t
 Route aggregation doesn’t work on h RIPv1. RIPv2 supports classless inter-
s :
domain routing.
ce
u r
 RIPv2 by default will s o the function of route aggregation; when all the
enable
R e
g
VLSM routes need to be broadcast, it should disable the function of route
n
n i
r
aggregation.
a
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
RIP Route Aggregation Automatically i .
we
u a
RTA
h
RTB
L0: 172.16.1.1/32
n g.
L1: 172.16.1.2/32 i
192.168.1.0/30
n .2
.1
a r
le
L2: 172.16.1.3/32
/ /
p:
[RTA-rip-1] summary Aggregated
t t route
[RTB-rip-1]display rip 1 route h
s :
ce
A - Aging, G - Garbage-collect
u r
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
s
Peer 192.168.1.1 on Serial0/0/0 o
Destination/Mask
Re
Nexthop Cost Tag Flags Sec
192.168.1.0/24
n g 192.168.1.1 1 0 RA 20
n
172.16.0.0/16 i 192.168.1.1 1 0 RA 20
......
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Undo RIP Route Aggregation Automatically ei.
w a
RTA RTB
h u
L0: 172.16.1.1/32
g .
L1: 172.16.1.2/32
in.2
192.168.1.0/30
.1
n r
L2: 172.16.1.3/32
ea
/ l
[RTA-rip-1] undo summary
:/
t p
[RTB]display rip 1 route
ht
s :
ce
A - Aging, G - Garbage-collect
u r
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
o
Destination/Mask es
Peer 192.168.1.1 on Serial0/0/0
172.16.1.3/32 R
Nexthop Cost Tag Flags Sec
n g 192.168.1.1 1 0 RA 21
n i
172.16.1.2/32 192.168.1.1 1 0 RA 21
a r
172.16.1.1/32 192.168.1.1 1 0 RA 21
……
L e
o
e n
m/
c o
RIP Route Aggregation Manually i .
e
w
a
u RTB
RTA
. h
L0: 172.16.1.1/32
n g
L1: 172.16.1.2/32
n i
192.168.1.0/30
.1
a r .2
le
L2: 172.16.1.3/32
/ /
[RTA-Serial0/0/0]rip summary-address 172.16.1.0 255.255.255.252
tp:
<RTB>display rip 1 route ht
Route Flags: R - RIP, T - TRIP
s :
ce
P - Permanent, A - Aging, S - Suppressed, G - Garbage-collect
ur
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer 192.168.1.1 on Serial0/0/0
s o
Re
Destination/Mask Nexthop Cost Tag Flags Sec
172.16.1.0/30 192.168.1.1 1 0 RA 8
n g
n i
a r Aggregate
Le
route manually
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
The Preference of RIP i .
w e
u a
Change preference of RIP,
. h
The value range is 1~255,
n g
and the default value is 100
n i
a r
[RTA-rip-1] preference ?
/ le
/
p:
INTEGER<1-255> Value of Preference
[RTA-rip] preference 150
t t
[RTA-rip] display ip routing-table h
Routing Table: public net :
e s
c
RIPur
Destination/Mask Protocol Pre Cost Nexthop Interface
172.16.0.0/16
s o 150 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
192.168.1.0/24
R eRIP 150 1 192.168.1.2 Ethernet0/0
……
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Import Exterior Route i .
RTA RTB
we
L0: 172.16.1.1/32
u a
192.168.1.0/30
. h
L1: 172.16.1.2/32
.1 .2
n g
L2: 172.16.1.3/32
n i
a
[RTA-rip] import-route directe cost 10
r The metric of
/ l imported route is 11
:/
t p
ht
:
A – Aging,G - Garbage-collect
s
e
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
c
Peer 192.168.1.1 on Serial0/0/0
u r Nexthop Cost Tag Flags Sec
Destination/Mask
s o 192.168.1.1 11 0
192.168.1.2/32
172.16.1.3/32 R
e 192.168.1.1 11 0
RA
RA
15
15
n
172.16.1.2/32 g 192.168.1.1 11 0 RA 15
n i
172.16.1.1/32 192.168.1.1 11 0 RA 15
……
a r
Le
o
e n
m /
c o
Interface Add-ons Metric i .
we
RTA RTB
u a
L0: 172.16.1.1/32
. h
192.168.1.0/30
n g
i
L1: 172.16.1.2/32 L0: 10.1.1.1/32
L2: 172.16.1.3/32
.1
r n .2
a
/ le
/
p:
[RTA-Serial0/0/0]rip metricin 5 The metric
t t is 1+5=6
h
[RTA]display rip 1 route
s :
ce
r
P - Permanent, A - Aging, S - Suppressed, G - Garbage-collect
u
o
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
s
Re
Peer 192.168.1.2 on Serial0/0/0
g
Destination/Mask Nexthop Cost Tag Flags Sec
10.1.1.1/32
i n 192.168.1.2 6 0 RA 16
……
r n
a
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Interface Add-ons MetricRTA i .
RTB
we
L0: 172.16.1.1/32
u a
192.168.1.0/30
. h
L1: 172.16.1.2/32
.1 .2
n g
L2: 172.16.1.3/32
n i
a r
l e The metric is
/
[RTA-Serial0/0/0]rip metricout 4
0+4=4
:/
t p
ht S - Suppressed, G - Garbage-collect
:
P - Permanent, A - Aging,
e s
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer 192.168.1.1 on Serial0/0/0 c
rNexthop Cost Tag Flags Sec
Destination/Mask u
o192.168.1.1
172.16.1.3/32
e s 4 0 RA 5
172.16.1.2/32 R 192.168.1.1 4 0 RA 5
172.16.1.1/32
n g 192.168.1.1 4 0 RA 5
……
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m /
c o
Other Configuration Commands i .
we
u a
. h
 In configuring RIP authentication mode, RIPv2 supports two
ng
n i
authentication modes: plain text authentication and MD5 authentication
a r
l e{ { simple password } |
/ key-string } } }
[Huawei-Ethernet0/0]rip authentication-mode
{ md5 { rfc2082 key-string key-id | huawei
:/
t p
ht
s :
 Configuring the operational
ce status of an interface
u r
s o
[Huawei-Ethernet0/0] Re rip input/output
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
l e
/ /
 What are the characteristics
of the RIP routing:protocol?
t p
 What are the tdifferences
h
between :RIPv1 and RIPv2?
e s
r c
o u
e s
R
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
T p :
t t
h
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
u r
so
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
RIP Troubleshooting /le
:/
t p
ht
s :
ce www.huawei.com
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
l
In following throughe from the principle
behavior of the//RIP routing protocol, this
p :
t t
section introduces the methods and
steps hfor troubleshooting sent and
s : RIP traffic, and introduces a
received
e examples of troubleshooting RIP.
cvarious
u r
o T
Res
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
should expect to: / le
/
p:
 Understand the means by whicht
ht
to troubleshooting :received routes
e s
 Understand the r c means by which
o u T
e s
to troubleshooting sent routes.
R
n g
n i
ar
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 Basic Principle Review le
/
/
: Routes
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting Received t p
RIP
ht
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Sent
s : RIP Routes
ce
u
Chapter 4 RIP Troubleshooting r Scenarios
s o T
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
RIP Routing Protocol Overview i .
we
u a
 RIP: Routing Information Protocol. . h
n g
 It is an IGP based distance-vector routing protocol. n i
a r
 RIP is suitable for small scale networks, and
l e includes two
version: RIPv1 and RIPv2. / /
p :
 RIP uses UDP at the transport layer
t t to exchange routing
h
:
information, its port number is 520.
s
 RIP supports split horizon, cepoison reverse and triggered
u r
updates.
s o T
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
RIPv1 vs. RIPv2 i .
we
u a
. h
 RIPv1 is a classful routing protocol, does not n g
n i
support VLSM and CIDR.
a r
 Sends messages via broadcast.
/ le
 Doesn’t support authentication. p:
/
t t
h
 RIPv2:is a classless routing protocol, supports
e s
r c
VLSM, route aggregation and CIDR.
u
o Supports messages
T sent via broadcast or
s
Re multicast address (240.0.0.9).
n g
n i  Supports plain text and MD5 authentication.
a r
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Chapter 1 Basic Principle Review le /
: /
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting Receivedp RIP Routes
t t
h
s : RIP Routes
ce
u
s o T
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Typical Network Environment i .
we
u a
. h
RTB g
RTA
S0/0 in
Loopback 0 192.168.1.1/24
a rn Loopback 0
172.16.1.1/24 S0/0
l e 10.1.1.1/24
/ /
192.168.1.2/24
tp:
Loopback 1
172.17.1.1/24 ht Loopback 1
10.2.1.1/24
s :
ce
ur
o
After configuring all of the routers, all orTsome of the routes are not
s
Re
received. Using the command display ip routing-table shows
g
that there are no routes discovered by RIP.
n
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
yes yes yes
w e
a rip input”
The router whether the whether the whether whether no
doesn't receive input-interface output-interface RIP version
h u configuring
.
some or all of is enabled works normally is same “undo
the routes
n g
n i
a r
l e
no no
/ / no yes
make sure thep

:
t t configuring the undo this
h
enable interface input-interface
same RIP version command
works normally
s :
c e
u r
s o T
R e no no no no
n g
problem problem problem problem
i
resolved resolved resolved resolved
r n
a
Le
yes yes yes yes
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
no no whether no
i .
no whether whether the cost of
whether
there is
w e no
configured
filter policy
configured
rip metricin
received route is
u a
better route
more than 16
. h
n g
n i
a r seek
le
technical
yes yes yes yes
/
support
/
p:
make sure the reduce
policy not filter
the route
configured
value
t t
h
s :
ce
u r
no
s o no T finish
problem
Re problem
resolved
n g resolved
i
n yes
a r yes
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 Basic Principle Review le /
: /
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ReceivedpRIP Routes
t t
h
s : RIP Routes
ce
u
s o T
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Typical Network Environment i .
we
u a
. h
RTB g
RTA
S0/0 in
Loopback 0 192.168.1.1/24
a rn Loopback 0
172.16.1.1/24 S0/0
l e 10.1.1.1/24
/
192.168.1.2/24
/
tp:
Loopback 1
172.17.1.1/24 ht Loopback 1
10.2.1.1/24
s :
ce
ru
After configurings o all of the routers, T
all or some of the routes
are not sent.R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
i .
The router yes yes yes
w e
a rip output”
whether the whether the whether whether no
doesn't
send some output-interface output-interface configured
h u configuring
.
is enable works normally silent-interface “undo
or all of the
routes n g
n i
a r
l e
no no
/ / no yes
make sure thep

:
t t undo this undo this
h
enable interface output-interface
command command
works normally
s :
ce
u r
s o T
R e no no no no
n g
problem problem problem problem
i
resolved resolved resolved resolved
r n
a
Le
yes yes yes yes
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
no no whether yes whether
i .
no whether whether the status of there is
w e no
configured
split horizon
configured
Filter policy
local interface
a
other problem
u
is normal
. h
n g
n i
a r seek technical
yes yes no
/ le yes
support
/
p:
make sure the make sure the make sure the
policy not filter
the route
t t local interface
works normally
configuration of
multicast peer
h is right
s :
ce
u r
s o no T no finish
Re problem problem problem
n g resolved resolved resolved
i
n yes
a r yes yes yes
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 Basic Principle Review le/
/
: Routes
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting Received t pRIP
ht
s : RIP Routes
ce
u
s o T
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Unsuited Authentication Key i .
we
Authentication fails, can’t receive the
u a
RTA data packet from neighbor RTB
. h
Loopback 0 n g Loopback 0
172.16.2.1/24 E0/0 E0/0
n i 172.16.3.2/24
172.16.1.1/24 172.16.1.2/24
a r
/ le
/
p:
tinterface Ethernet0/0
interface Ethernet0/0
ip address 172.16.1.1 255.255.255.0 t
h ip address 172.16.1.2 255.255.255.0
rip authentication-mode simple huawei
s : rip authentication-mode simple huawei1
rip version 2 multicast
ce rip version 2 multicast
#
ur #
interface LoopBack0
s o interface LoopBack0
ip T
Re
ip address 172.16.2.1 255.255.255.0 address 172.16.3.2 255.255.255.0
rip version 2 multicast rip version 2 multicast
#
n g #
rip
n
network 172.16.0.0 i rip
r
network 172.16.0.0
a
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
Unsuited Authentication Key i .
we
u a
. h
g
Routing Table: public net
Destination/Mask Protocol Pre Cost
n
Nexthop
i
Interface
172.16.2.0/24 RIP 100 1
rn172.16.1.1 Ethernet0/0
a
/ le
RTA /
p:
RTB
Loopback 0
t t Loopback 0
172.16.2.1/24 E0/0 h E0/0 172.16.3.2/24
s
172.16.1.1/24: 172.16.1.2/24
ce
ur
s o T
Re
interface Ethernet0/0 interface Ethernet0/0
ip address 172.16.1.2 255.255.255.0
g
ip address 172.16.1.1 255.255.255.0
n
i
n
r
a
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
RIP Hop Count Limit i .
e w
u a
RIP: Receive Response from 172.16.1.2 via Ethernet0/0(224.0.0.9)
. h
g
Packet:vers 2, cmd Response, length 44
Authentication: huawei
in metric 16, tag 0
dest 172.16.3.0 mask 255.255.255.0, router 0.0.0.0,
r n
ea
/ l
RTA
:/ RTB
t p
Loopback 0
172.16.2.1/24 E0/0
t
h E0/0
Loopback 0
172.16.3.2/24
s
172.16.1.1/24 : 172.16.1.2/24
ce
u r
s o T
interface Ethernet0/0 R
e interface Ethernet0/0
g 255.255.255.0
ip address 172.16.1.2 255.255.255.0
n
ip address 172.16.1.1
i
n
rip metricin r
a 15
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
we
<RTB>dis ip routing-table
u a
. h
Destination/Mask Protocol Pre Cost
n g
Nexthop Interface
172.16.2.0/24 RIP 100 1
n i
172.16.1.1 Ethernet0/0
RTA a rRTB
/ le
Loopback 0
:/ Loopback 0
172.16.2.1/24 E0/0
t pE0/0 172.16.3.2/24
172.16.1.1/24
ht172.16.1.2/24
s :
<RTA>dis ip routing-table
ce
r
u Pre
Destination/Mask Protocol
o
s 0
Cost
T Nexthop Interface
Re
127.0.0.0/8 DIRECT 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
127.0.0.1/32 DIRECT 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
172.16.1.0/24 DIRECT
n g 0 0 172.16.1.1 Ethernet0/0
172.16.1.1/32
n i
DIRECT 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
172.16.2.0/24
a r DIRECT 0 0 172.16.2.1 LoopBack0
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
r
Destination/Mask Protocol Pre Cost Nexthop Interface
a
le
172.16.3.0/24 RIP 100 15 172.16.1.2 Ethernet0/0
/ /
RTA
tp: RTB
Loopback 0 ht Loopback 0
172.16.2.1/24 E0/0
s : E0/0 172.16.3.2/24
ce
172.16.1.1/24 172.16.1.2/24
ur
s o T
Re
g
i n ip address 172.16.1.2 255.255.255.0
r n
ip address 172.16.1.1 255.255.255.0
a rip metricout 15
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Discontinuity Sub-network Problem i .
we
u a
. h
dest 162.16.0.0 , metric 1, tag 0
n g
RTA
n i
RTB
a r
Loopback 0
l e Loopback 0
162.16.2.1/24 E0/0 E0/0
/ / 162.16.3.2/24
:
172.16.1.1/24 172.16.1.2/24
p
t t
h
s : interface Ethernet0/0
ce
u
ip address 172.16.1.1 255.255.255.0r ip address 172.16.1.2 255.255.255.0
#
s o #
T
interface LoopBack0
ip address 162.16.2.1 R
e
255.255.255.0
interface LoopBack0
ip address 162.16.3.2 255.255.255.0
#
n g #
rip
n i rip
r
network 172.16.0.0
a
network 162.16.0.0
Le
network 162.16.0.0 network 172.16.0.0

o
e n
m/
c o
we
u a
RTA RTB
. h
n g
Loopback 0
n i Loopback 0
162.16.2.1/24 E0/0 E0/0
a r 162.16.3.2/24
le
172.16.1.1/24 172.16.1.2/24
/ /
tp:
<RTA>dis ip routing-table ht
s :
Destination/Mask Protocol Pre
ce0
Cost Nexthop Interface
127.0.0.0/8 DIRECT 0
ur 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
o
127.0.0.1/32 DIRECT 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
T162.16.2.1
162.16.2.0/24 DIRECT 0
s 0 LoopBack0
162.16.2.1/32 DIRECT 0
Re 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
162.16.0.0/16 RIP
n g 100 1 172.16.1.2 Ethernet0/0
i
172.16.1.0/24 DIRECT 0 0 172.16.1.1 Ethernet0/0
172.16.1.1/32
r n DIRECT 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
a
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
we
RTA RTB u a
. h
Loopback 0
n g Loopback 0
162.16.2.1/24 E0/0 E0/0
n i 162.16.3.2/24
172.16.1.1/24 172.16.1.2/24
a r
/ le
/
p:
interface Ethernet0/0 interface Ethernet0/0
t
ip address 172.16.1.1 ip address 172.16.1.2
255.255.255.0
rip version 2 multicast ht 255.255.255.0
#
s : #
interface LoopBack0
ce interface LoopBack0
ip address 162.16.2.1
ur ip address 162.16.3.2
255.255.255.0
s o 255.255.255.0
T
Re
# #
rip rip
undo summary
n g undo summary
i
network 172.16.0.0
n
network 162.16.0.0
r
network 162.16.0.0
a
network 172.16.0.0
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
we
u a
. h
dest 162.16.3.0 mask 255.255.255.0, router 0.0.0.0
n g
, metric 1, tag 0
n i
RTA a rRTB
/ le
Loopback 0
:/ Loopback 0
162.16.2.1/24 E0/0
t pE0/0 162.16.3.2/24
172.16.1.1/24
ht172.16.1.2/24
s :
ce
r
uPre
s o TNexthop
Re
Destination/Mask Protocol Cost Interface
127.0.0.1/32 DIRECT
n g 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0
162.16.2.0/24
n i
DIRECT 0 0 162.16.2.1 LoopBack0
r
a
Le
162.16.3.0/24 RIP 100 1 172.16.1.2 Ethernet0/0
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
 What are the steps for
/ le
/
p:
troubleshooting received RIP routes?
t t
 What are the steps for
h sent RIP routes?
troubleshooting
s :
ce
u r
s o T
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
t p:
ht
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e T
o
e n
m /
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
OSPF Routing Protocol l e
/ /
p : T
t t
h
s :
ce www.huawei.com
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e t
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
w e
u a
. h
ng
n i
This section will a r
introduce the basic
/ le
/
concepts and configuration for the open
t p:
t
shortest path first (OSPF) routing protocol.
h
:
OSPF is an interior gateway protocol, based
s
cea link state algorithm.
u r
on
so
R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
expect to:
/ le
 Understand the basic featurespand :/
t t
concepts of OSPF
h
:
 Understand the routescalculation
cealgorithm
r
process of link state
u
s o
 Acquire the knowledge to implement
basic OSPF
e
R configuration
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
OSPF Protocol Introduction i .
we
u a
. h
 OSPF (open shortest path first) is an IGP (interior gateway protocol)
gn
n i
routing protocol and it is based on link state algorithm.
a r
e
l of IP protocol field is 89.
 OSPF runs on IP layer directly and the value
/ /
p :
t
ht OSPF Protocol
Link Layer
s :
IP Packet Header
Frame
Header
ce Packet Checksum
u r
s o
e
R value is 89
IP protocol
n g
n i OSPF Protocol Header OSPF Packet Types
a r
Le
r e TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD..
t o
e n
m/
c o
OSPF Basic Features i .
we
u a
. h
 Supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR)
n g
n i
a r
 Divides the whole routing domain into different areas
/ le
 Loop-free /
tp:
 Fast routing updates and convergence
ht
s :
e
 Uses IP multicast addresses to send and receive protocol messages
c
ur
o
 Supports ECMP (equal cost multi-path)
s
R e
 Supports authentication
n g
n i
a r
Le
t o
e n
m/
c o
OSPF Comparison with RIP i .
we
u a
OSPF RIPv2
. hRIPv1
n g
Distance-vector i
n Distance-vector
 Protocol type link state
a r
supportl
e
 CIDR support
/ / Not support
:
psupport
 VLSM support
t t Not support
 Aggregation h
s:
Not support support support
automatically
ce
r
 Aggregation
support support Not support
manually
o u
e s multicast
Update Update multicast Update broadcast
 Route flooding
R periodically periodically
n g
 Route metric
n i bandwidth Hop count Hop count
a r
Le
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
OSPF Comparison with RIP i .
w e
u a
. h
OSPF RIPv2 ng RIPv1
n i
a r
le
 Route convergence fast slow slow
/ /
p:
 Limit of hop count nothing 15 15
t t
 Neighbor authentication support
h support not support
s :
 Hierarchical network
e
Support (area)
c
not support not support
r
ou
Routing table Routing table
 updating Triggered update
e s update update
 Route calculation R Dijkstra Bellman-Ford Bellman-Ford

n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
i .
Route Calculation Process of Link State Algorithm
e w
LSDBu a
. h
n
LSAg of RTA
RTA RTB
r ni
a
le
LSA of RTB
RTC
/ /
p : LSA of RTC
LSA Flooding
t t
h LSA of RTD
s :
RTD
ce SPF
Algorithm
o ur
s
cost
e...
.....
.....
.....
..... R ...
..... ..... g ...
..... n
.....ni
..... ... Route Calculating
..... ...
a r
L e
IP Routing Table Shortest Path Tree
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
OSPF Packet i .
we
u a
. h
n g
 Hello packet
n i
a r
 DD (Database Description) packet
/ le
/
 LSR (LSA Request) packet
tp:
ht
 LSU (LSA Update) packet
s :
ce
ur
 LSACK (Link State Acknowledgment) packet
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
Neighbor and Adjacency i .
we
u a
. h
n g
RTA has 3 neighbors
n i
a r
/ le
/
RTA
tp:
10.1.1.1
ht 10.1.1.2
s :
ce Ethernet
u r
10.1.1.3 10.1.1.4
s o
R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
t o
e n
m/
OSPF Network Types —Point to Point and c o
i .
Broadcast w e
a u
. h
n g
r ni
e a
PPP / l
10.1.1.1 10.1.1.2
/
10.1.1.1 20.1.1.1
tp:
t
h 10.1.1.3
Ethernet
10.1.1.4
Point to point
s :
network
ce
ur
s o Broadcast
Re network
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
OSPF Network Types —NBMA Network i .
we
u a
. h
ng
VPI/VCI=0/102 VPI/VCI=0/103
n i
10.1.1.1
a r
l e ATM
Full-mesh
/ / network
tp:
ht
s :
ATM
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
r
Non-Broadcast—Non-Broadcast
ea
Multi-Access
L Network (NBMA)
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
i .
OSPF Network Types —Point to Multi-Point Network
e w
u a
. h
n g
DLCI = 102 DLCI = 103
n i
10.1.1.1
a r
l efull-mesh FR network
/ /
not
tp:
ht
s :
FR
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
Non-Broadcast—Point to Multi-Point
a r
L e
Networks (Point-to-Multi-Point)

t o
e n
m/
c o
DR and BDR i .
RTA has 3 neighbors, we
u a
but only 2 Adjacency
. h
n g
n i
a r
le
RTA
10.1.1.1 / / 10.1.1.2
t p:
ht
Ethernet
10.1.1.3
s : 10.1.1.4
ce
u rBDR DR
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
OSPF Single Area i .
we
u a
. h
n g
Router id 1.1.1.1
n i
a r
/ le
:/
Area 0p
t t
h
es:
c
Router id 2.2.2.2
r
Router id 3.3.3.3
o u OSPF
s
Re
n g
n i AS100
a r
Le
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
OSPF Single Area Configuration i .
we
u a
. h
Area 0 g
n
RTA RTB i
nLoopback0
Loopback0 E0/0 E0/0
a r
1.1.1.1/32 .1 10.1.1.0/24
/
.2
le 2.2.2.2/32
/
t p:
ht
[RTA]router id 1.1.1.1
s :
[RTA]ospf
ce
[RTA-ospf-1]area 0
ur
o
[RTA-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.0]network 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0
s
Re
[RTA-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.0]network 10.1.1.0 0.0.0.255
[RTA-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.0]return
<RTA>
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
OSPF Single Area Configuration i .
we
u a
. h
Area 0 g
n
RTA RTB i
nLoopback0
Loopback0 E0/0 E0/0
a r
1.1.1.1/32 .1 10.1.1.0/24
/
.2
le 2.2.2.2/32
/
t p:
[RTA]display ospf routing ht
s :
OSPF Process 1ewith Router ID 1.1.1.1
r c Tables
Routing for Network
o u
Routing
Destination
e sCost Type NextHop AdvRouter Area
2.2.2.2/32 R 2 Stub 10.1.1.2 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0
10.1.1.0/24
n g 1 Net 10.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0
1.1.1.1/32
n i 1 Stub 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0
a r
L e
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
OSPF Multiple Areas i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
le
Area 1
Area 4
/ /
Area :0
t p
ht
Area 0 is backbone area, s :
ce
all the ABRs have at least
ur
one interface that belongs
s o
Re
to Area 0.
Area 2
n g
n i Area 3
a r
Le
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
Type of Router i .
we
u a
. h
BR
n g
ABR
n i
a r
/ le
Area 0
/
Area 1
t p:
OSPF ht
Area 2
s :
ce
r
ou
RIP
e sAS100
IR R ASBR
n g
i
rn
AS200
e a
L
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
OSPF Multiple Area Configuration i .
we
u a
RTB RTC
. h
Loopback0
Area 0
Loopback0
n g
2.2.2.2/32
E0/1
.1 10.1.2.0/24
E0/0
.2
n
3.3.3.3/32i
E0/0
.1 10.1.1.0/24 .2 a r
E0/1
.1 10.1.3.0/24 .2
/ le
/
p:
Area 1 Area 2
t t
E0/0
E0/0
h
Loopback0
s : RTD Loopback0
1.1.1.1/32 RTA
ce 4.4.4.4/32
ur
s o
Re
[RTD]router id 1.1.1.1
[RTD]ospf
n g [RTD-ospf-1]area 1
n i [RTD-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.2]network 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0
r
[RTD-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.2]network 10.1.1.0 0.0.0.255
a [RTD-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.2]return
Le <RTD>
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
we
[RTB]router id 2.2.2.2
u a
[RTB]ospf
. h
[RTB-ospf-1]area 1
ng
[RTB-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1]network 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0
n i
[RTB-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1]quit
a r
le
[RTB-ospf-1]area 0
/
[RTB-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.0]return
/
<RTB>
RTCp
:
RTB
Area 0 t t
Loopback0 E0/1 E0/0 h Loopback0
.1 10.1.2.0/24 :
2.2.2.2/32
e s .2 3.3.3.3/32
E0/0
.1 10.1.1.0/24 .2
E0/1
.1 10.1.3.0/24 .2
r c
o u
Area 1
s Area 2
Re
E0/0
E0/0
n g
Loopback0 i
1.1.1.1/32r
n RTA RTD
Loopback0
a 4.4.4.4/32
Le
t o
e n
m /
c o
w e
u a
[RTC]router id 3.3.3.3
[RTC]ospf
. h
[RTC-ospf-1]area 0
ng
[RTC-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.0]network 10.1.2.0 0.0.0.255
[RTC-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.0]quit
n i
[RTC-ospf-1]area 2
a r
le
/
[RTC-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.2]return
/
p:
<RTC>
RTB
t t Area 0 RTC
Loopback0 h E0/1 E0/0 Loopback0
s
2.2.2.2/32: .1 10.1.2.0/24 .2 3.3.3.3/32
ce E0/0
.1 10.1.1.0/24 .2
E0/1
.1 10.1.3.0/24 .2
ur
Area o
s1 Area 2
R e
g
E0/0
E0/0
i n
rn Loopback0 Loopback0
ea 1.1.1.1/32 RTA RTD 4.4.4.4/32

L
r e
t o
e n
m /
c o
w e
u a
RTB
.
RTCh
Loopback0
Area 0
n g Loopback0
.1 10.1.2.0/24 i.2
E0/1 E0/0
2.2.2.2/32
r n 3.3.3.3/32
a
E0/0
.1 10.1.1.0/24 .2
E0/1
.1 10.1.3.0/24 .2
l e
/ /
Area 1
: Area 2
tp
ht
E0/0
E0/0
Loopback0
s : RTA Loopback0
c e
1.1.1.1/32 RTD 4.4.4.4/32
u r
[RTD]router id 4.4.4.4 o
e s
[RTD-ospf-1]area 2 R
[RTD]ospf
n g
n i
a r
[RTD-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.2]return
<RTD>
L e
t o
e n
m/
Display Neighbor Relationship c o
i .
RoutereID
[RTB]display ospf peer
a w
h u
g.
OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 2.2.2.2
Neighbors
in
Area 0.0.0.0 interface 10.1.2.1(Ethernet0/1)’s neighbor（s）
r n
a
Router ID: 3.3.3.3 Address: 10.1.2.2 GR State: Normal
le
State: Full Mode:Nbr is Master Priority: 1
DR: 10.1.2.1 BDR: 10.1.2.2
/ /
p:
Dead timer due in 33 sec
Retrans timer interval: 5
t t
Neighbor is up for 00:00:17
h Neighbor information of
Authentication Sequence: [ 0 ]
s : area 0
Neighbors
ce
r
Area 0.0.0.1 interface 10.1.1.2(Ethernet0/1)’s neighbor（s）
u
Router ID: 1.1.1.1
s o
Address: 10.1.1.1 GR State: Normal
Re
State: Full Mode:Nbr is Slave Priority: 1
DR: 10.1.1.1 BDR: 10.1.1.2
n g
Dead timer due in 35 sec
i
Retrans timer interval: 5
n
Neighbor
r
Neighbor is up for 00:00:7
a
information of area 0
Le
Authentication Sequence: [ 0 ]
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
Validating the Routing Table i .
we
u a
. h
[RTD]display ip routing-table protocol ospf
g n
Route Flags: R - relay, D - download to fib
n i
a r
--------------------------------------------------------------
Public routing table : OSPF
l e
/ /
:
p
t Routes : 5
OSPF routing table status : <Active>
Destinations : 5 t
h
Destination/Mask Proto Pre
s : Cost Flags NextHop Interface
1.1.1.1/32
ce 10 4686 D 10.1.3.1 Ethernet0/0
OSPF
u rOSPF 10 3124 D 10.1.3.1 Ethernet0/0
2.2.2.2/32
3.3.3.3/32 s
o OSPF 10 1562 D 10.1.3.1 Ethernet0/0
R e
n g
10.1.1.0/24 OSPF 10 4686 D 10.1.3.1 Ethernet0/0
i
10.1.2.0/24 OSPF 10 3124 D
nrouting table status : <Inactive>
10.1.3.1 Ethernet0/0
a
OSPFr
L e Destinations : 0 Routes : 0
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
ng
i
nof the
 What is the calculation process
a r
l e
link state algorithm?
/ /
p :
t
 What is an OSPFt area?
h
:
 What is thesprocedure for basic OSPF
ce
u r
o
configuration?
s
Re
ing
r n
e a
L
r e
t o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
www.huawei.comp :
t t
h
s :
ce
u r
so
R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
T we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Ethernet Overview le
/ /
t p:
ht
s :
ce www.huawei.com
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
In 1973, Doctor Robert Metcalfe together
l einvented Ethernet, a
with David Boggs
/ /
technology forp: local area networks with an
t t
initial datah transmission rate of 2.94Mbps.
Afteres
:
thirty years of development, Ethernet
r c
o u
has developed into an IEEE standard
e s
R supporting transmission rates in excess of
n g T10000Mbps.
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved Pa ge 2
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
Upon completion of this section, you should a r
expect to:
/ le
:/
 Understand the history of Ethernet
t p
 Develop an understanding
t
h of Ethernet
s :
standards
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Brief Development History of Ethernet i .
w e
u a
IEEE802.3 Ethernet standard
. h
IEEE802.3u 100BASE-T Fast Ethernet n g 10G Ethernet
n i
IEEE802.3z/ab 1000Mb/s Gigabit Ethernet
a rGigabit Ethernet
IEEE802.3ae 10GE Ethernet le/
/
: Fast Ethernet
t p
100M
t
h to LAN switch
Shared
s : turn
10M Ethernet rc
e
o u
Ethernet e s
R
n g T
1970sr n i 1980s 1990s 1992 1996 2002
e a
L
r eTECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
o
e n
m/
c o
Shared Ethernet Transmission Media i .
we
u a
. h
n g
10Base5: A thick coaxial cable. The ‘5’ refers to a maximum
n i
transmission distance of 500 meters.
a r
/ le
/
tp:
ht
10Base2: A thin coaxial cable . The ‘2’ refers to a maximum
transmission distance of 185 meters.
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Shared Ethernet Medium i .
w e
u a
. h
10Base-T: twisted-pair
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
tp:
ht
s :
Twisted wire pair
ce RJ45
u r
s o
Re
n g T
ni
r
a Twisted wire pair
scarfskin
L e
STP UTP Twisted wire pair
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Pin Order of Category 5 Twisted-pair i .
e
w 2
Side 1 Side 1
u aSide
12345678
. h
Straight Cable
n g
1=white/orange 1=white/orange
2=orange
n i 2=orange
a r
3=white/green 3=white/green
le
4=blue 4=blue
/ / 5=white/blue 5=white/blue
p : 6=green 6=green
t2
12345678
t
7=white/brown 7=white/brown
h
Side 8=brown 8=brown
s :Side 1 Side 1 Side 2

ce 12345678 1=white/orange 1=white/green
u r 2=orange 2=green
Crossover Cable
s o 3=white/green 3=white/orange
Re 4=blue 4=blue
n g T 5=white/blue 5=white/blue
n i 6=green 6=orange
a r 12345678 7=white/brown 7=white/brown
Le Side 2 8=brown 8=brown
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Device Medium Relationship i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
Host Router r
Switch
a Hub
le
/Straight
/
Host Cross Cross
t p: Straight
Router Cross ht
Cross Straight Straight
es:
Switch Straight
r c Straight Cross Cross
o u
Hub
e s
Straight Straight Cross Cross
R
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Standard Ethernet i .
we
u a
. h
n g
Standard Ethernet（10Mbit/s）defined by IEEE 802.3
n i
a r
/ le
/
Standard Ethernet （10Mbit/s）usually orients at access layer
tp:
ht
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
General View of 802.3 Cable i .
we
u a
. h
n g
Standard Cable type
n i
Transmission distance
10BASE-5 Thick coaxial-cablee a r 500m

/ l
10BASE-2 :/
Thin coaxial-cable 200m
t p
10BASE-T ht
Twisted-pair 100m
s :
ce
our
e s
R
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Fast Ethernet i .
we
u a
. h
Fast Ethernet is a LAN based technology with a capability
n g for data
n i bandwidth for
transmission rates of 100Mbps. It can provide
a r higher
terminal users, servers and server groups.le
/ /
p : standard for Fast Ethernet
IEEE802.3u is defined by IEEE as
t t the
supporting two medium types. h
s :
ce
 Twisted-pair
u r
s o
 Fiber Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
General View of Fast Ethernet i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
standard Cable type a r Transmission
/ le distance
/
p:
EIA/TIA category 5 (UTP) Unshielded Twisted
100BaseTX 100m
Paired 2pair
t t
h
100BaseT4 s :
EIA/TIA category 3, 4, 5 (UTP) Unshielded
100m
ce
Twisted Pair (4pair)
Multiple o ur fiber (MMF)

mode 550m-2km
100BaseFX e s
R mode fiber (SMF)
Single >2km
n g T
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Gigabit Ethernet i .
we
u a
. h
Gigabit Ethernet is the extension of the IEEE802.3 standard,
n g
for which transmission speeds of 1Gbps are achieved.
n i
a r
le
Two standards are defined:
 IEEE802.3z (fiber and copper cable) / /
tp:
 IEEE802.3ab（twisted-pair）
ht
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
General View of Gigabit Ethernet i .
we
u a
. h
n g Transmission
standard Cable type
n i distance
a r
Copper EIA/TIA type 5（UTP）
l eUnshielded
1000BaseT
Twisted Paired 4 pair / / 100m
p :
1000BaseCX Copper Shielded Twisted t t Pair 25m
h
: 50/62.5um fiber, uses
Multiple mode sfiber,
1000BaseSX e
laser which cwavelength is 850nm
550m/275m
u r
o fiber, 9um fiber, uses laser
Singlesmode
1000BaseLX
Re wavelength is 1300nm
which
2km-15km
n g T
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
10G Ethernet i .
we
u a
. h
Standards for 10G include IEEE 802.3ae (fiber), IEEE n g802.3ak
n i
(copper cable) and IEEE 802.3an（twisted-pair）
a r
Mainly applied between core nodes over backbone l e networks
/ /
p :
t t
h
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m /
c o
General View of 10G Ethernet Cable i .
we
u a Transmission
standard Cable type
. h
n g distance
n i
Multimode fiber, 62.5/125um fiber or 50/125um
10GBASE-SR/SW
a r 2m-300m
le
fiber
/ /
p:
Multimode fiber, 62.5/125um fiber or 50/125um
10GBASE-LR/LW 2m-10km
t
fiber; single mode fiber, 10/125um fiber
t
h
10GBASE-ER/EW 10/125um fiber
s : 2m-40km
ce
Multimoderfiber, 62.5/125um fiber or 50/125um
Multiple mode
10GBase-LX4
ou mode fiber, 10/125um fiber
fiber;ssingle
300m, single
Re mode 10km
10GBase-CX4
n g coaxial Tcopper cable 15m
n i
10GBase-T
a r Twisted-pair copper cable 100m
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
 How was the Ethernet standard formed?
a r
/ le
/
 Which media types are supported by
Ethernet? tp:
ht
:
 What are the typical data rates supported
s
ce
r
by Ethernet?
u
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
p :
t t
h
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
u r
so
Re
n g
n i
a r T
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Ethernet Device Principles l e
/ /
p :
t t
h
s :
ce www.huawei.com
u r
s o
Re
n gT
n i
a r
L e
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
Ethernet relies on rthe operation of
e a
devices such as / lthe HUB and Switch
:/
p
to providetlower layer operation. The
ht
principle characteristics of such
s :
ce is crucial to fully understanding
devices
o ur
e s the behavior surrounding frame
R
ng
transmission.
T
rni
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
expect to:
/ le
/
:working
 Acquire an understanding of the p
t for
h t
principles of Ethernet technologies
HUB and L2/L3 Switch s :devices
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 Shared Ethernet
/ le
/
p:
tt
Chapter 2 L2 Switch Principles
h
s :
e
Chapter 3 L3 Switch cPrinciples
u r
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Shared Ethernet Principles: CSMA/CD i .
we
u a
CS Carrier Sense . h
n g
n i
 The LAN device listens to the Ethernet network to sense the
a r
le
carrier signal on the network. This ensures that line is idle to
/
reduce the likelihood of collisions occurring.
/
MA Multiple Access p:
t
t
h devices.
 Traffic can be received by multiple
s :
CD Collision Detection ce
u r
 Detects the collision
s o as transmission occurs. If there has been a
Re device wait for a random amount of time to
collision, the LAN
retransmit.ng T
n i
a r
L e
o
e n
m/
Minimum Frame Length and Maximum Transfer.c o
e i
Distance
a w
h u
g .
Maximum Transfer Distance ：usually decided bynifactors such
n
a r
as line quality, signal attenuation degree.
l e
/ /
p :
Minimum Frame Length (64 bytes): decided
t t by maximum
h mechanism.
:
transfer distance and collision detection
s
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
L e
o
e n
m /
c o
HUB Operation i .
w e
a
u Application
Application
. h
layer
n g layer
Presentation n i Presentation
layer a r layer
Session
/ le Session
/
p:
layer layer
Transport
t t Transport
layer h layer
Network s : Network
layer ce layer
ur HUB
Data Link
s o Data Link
Re
layer layer
Physical Physical Physical Physical
layer n g layer layer T layer
n i
a r Note：A HUB is just a connection
Le device at physical layer
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
HUB Operation i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
1 2 3 4r 5
a
/ le
:/
OUT OUT
t p OUT OUT
IN ht
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re HUB devices are half-duplex
All the
ng
i T
r n
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
Weaknesses of HUB based Ethernet Connections
e w
u a
. h
A network connected to a HUB is considered as shared Ethernet, and
n g
has all the same weaknesses of shared Ethernet:
n i
 Collisions; a r
/ le
 Broadcast flooding; /
tp:
 No guarantee of security
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 Shared Ethernet
/ le
/
p:
tt
h
s :
ce
Chapter 3 L3 SwitchrPrinciples
o u
e s
R
n g T
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Bridge/L2 Ethernet Switch Operation i .
we
u a
Application
. h Application
layer
n g layer
n i
representation
a r representation
le
layer layer
Session
/ / Session
layer
t p: layer
Transport
layer ht
L2 Switch
Transport
layer
s :
Network
ce Network
layer
u r layer
Data Link
s oData Link Data Link Data Link
Re
layer layer layer layer
ng
Physical Physical Physical Physical
T
ni
layer layer layer layer
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
Ethernet Frame Structure i .
we
u a
. h
DMAC SMAC Length/Type DATA/PAD
n g FCS
n i
6 6 2
a r
46～1500 4
/ le
:/
Length/Type value
t p Meaning
ht
s :
ce > 1500 Represents type
Ethernet_II
u r
Length/T
so
Re
ng
802.3 Length/T <= 1500 Represents length
T
n i
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Ethernet_II Frame Structure i .
we
u a
. h
DMAC SMAC Type DATA/PAD
n g FCS
n i
a r
l e
/ /
p :
t t
0800 hIP datagram
s :
ce
0806 ur ARP request/response
s o
Re
n g
8035 RARP request/response T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
802.3 Frame Structure i .
we
u a
. h
DMAC SMAC Length DATA/PAD
n g FCS
n i
a r
l e
/
DSAP SSAP CTRL ORG
CODE :/
TYPE
p
DATA
t
1 1 1 3
ht 2 38～1492
s :
ce 0800 IP datagram
u r
s o
Re 0806 ARP request/response
n g T
n i
a r 8035 RARP request/response
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
MAC Address i .
we
u a
. h
48 bits
n g
n i
24 bits ar
24 bits
e
/ l
:/
tp
ht
s :
Vender Code
ce
r
ou
Serial Number
e s
R
g
example：00e0.fc39.8034
n T
i
00e0.fc—nthe vender code that IEEE assigns to manufacturers
a
39.8034— r serial number assigned by the manufacturer
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Source MAC Learning i .
we
Sub-network 1 Sub-network 2
u a
. h
g
nC
A PORT1 PORT2r n i
ea
/ l
/
t p: D
ht
B
s:
switch
ce
ur
s o
Typical application of switch
MAC address port
Re MAC A 1
n g MAC B
T 1
i
rn
MAC C 2
e a MAC D 2
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Forwarding Based on the Destination MAC ei.
w a
h u
MAC address
g . port
MACA in 1
r n
ea
MACB 1
l
MACC
/ MACD
2
/
p:
2
MACD MACA ......
t t
h
Port 1
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g MACD MACA ......
T
n i
a r Port 2
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
L2 Switch Principles i .
we
u a
Frame Input . h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
Destination /
unicast
MAC address
t p: broadcast
Lookup ht
s:
Frame flooding
address table
ce Not matched (except source port)
ur
s o
e
matched
R
n gframe T
ni port)
Forwarding
(exceptrsource
e a
L
o
e n
m/
c o
Three Switch Modes i .
we
u a
Cut-Through
. h
 Forward as soon as it receives destination MAC address. n g
n i
 Low delay
a r
 No error check l e
/ /
Store-and-Forward
p :
 Forwards only after it receiving t t frame
full
 Delay lies on frame length :
h
 Switch check error, the errore s packet will be discarded
r c
Fragment-free
o u
 Switch receivesethes first 64 bytes of the packet, then performs a
R
n g the address table by header and forwardsT
lookup up of
i the first 64 bytes, if it finds error, the packet will be
 Switch ncheck
a r
Le
discarded.

o
e n
m/
c o
L2 Switch Limitations i .
we
u a
. h
g
The L2 switch has brought about important improvements in Ethernet
n
i
technology, solving problems with collisions, enhancing Ethernet
n
a r
capabilities remarkably, and the security is also enhanced. There still
remain some Ethernet shortcomings：
/ le
/
 Broadcast flooding
t p:
 No security assurance ht
s :
The main shortcoming of these
ce is broadcast flooding.
u r
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
L e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
Chapter 1 Shared Ethernet a r
/le
Chapter 2 L2 Switch Principlesp: /
t t
h
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
L3 Switch Features i .
we
u a
. h
g
From a logical point of view, L3 switching is the same as routing, the
n
process of L3 switching is just the process of routing.
n i
a r
le
Main features of L3 switch
/ /
 Not only has L2 functionality but also supports L3
tp:
t
 Many L3 switches realize L3 forwarding via L3 exact search
h
s :
 In allusion to LAN，it optimizes Ethernet, most L3 switch can only
ce
r
provide Ethernet interface and ATM LAN emulation interface
u
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Select L2 Switch or L3 Switch i .
we
u a
. h
n g
Frame input
n i
a r
VLAN / le
/
p:
attribution
t
ht
s :
Whether it is
ce
route interface’s
u r
s o MAC address
R e
n g
L3 forwarding L2 forwarding
T VLAN
n i
Inter-VLAN Inside
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
 How are L2 transmissions
a r
e
controlled over sharedlEthernet?
/ /
p
 What is the principle : operation of
a L2 switch? tt
h
 What is s : difference between a
the
ce and a router?
r
L3 switch
u
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
T
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
p :
t t
h
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
u r
so
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Ethernet Port Technology l e
/ /
p :
t t
h
s :
ce www.huawei.com
u r T
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
e the behavior and
This sectionT explains
l
/ /
p :
features commonly associated with
t
Ethernett port technology, as well as
h
s :
configuration that assists engineers in
e
cmanaging
u r and optimizing Ethernet.
so
R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
expect to: T
l e
/
/to
 Acquire sufficient knowledge
p :
t
ht
describe port characteristics
 Acquire the skills to
s : implement
ce
Ethernet port configuration
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
r
T ea
Chapter 1 Auto-Negotiation Technology
l
/ /
Chapter 2 Flow Control p :
t t
h
Chapter 3 Port Aggregation
s :
ce
Chapter 4 Port Mirroring u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Auto-negotiation i .
we
u a
100Mb/s auto-negotiation . h
g
100Mb/s full-duplex
n
n i
a r
T
Port 2 auto-negotiation
/ le 10Mb/s auto-negotiation
/
t p: Port 3 auto-negotiation
Port 1 auto-negotiation
ht
s :
c e Port 4 auto-negotiation
Portu5rauto-negotiation
s o
Re
n g
n i 10Mb/s full-duplex
r
a 10Mb/s half-duplex
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Auto-negotiation Precedence i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
precedence Duplex mode
a r
T e
100BASE-TXlfull-duplex
A
/ /
B p :
100BASE-T4
t t
C h 100BASE-TX
D es:10BASE-T full-depluex
r c
E
s ou 10BASE-T
R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Ethernet Port Duplex Mode i .
e w
Ethernet twisted pair interface works in the following three u a
duplex modes:
. h
Full-duplex: port sends and receives data packetnat g the same time
n i
Half-duplex: port sends or receives data packet a r at one time
T
l e
/ /
Auto-negotiation: port duplex mode is negotiated by the port and its
p :
peer’s port
t t
Ethernet optical interface can onlyhwork in full-duplex mode
s :
Configuration command ce
u r
o duplex mode
duplex {full | half}sset
R e
undo duplex
n g resume duplex mode as default value
i
n auto open interface automatic consultation
negotiation
a r
L e
function(default open)

o
e n
m/
c o
Ethernet Port Speed Settings i .
we
u a
. h
When port speed is set as auto-negotiation, the speed n gwill be determined
n i
by negotiation of the port and its peer’s port.
a r
T
l e
/ /
p :
set speed in Ethernet port view
t t
set speed of Ethernet port h
s :
−speed { 10 | 100 | 1000 ce}
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 Auto-Negotiation Technology T
l e
/ /
p :
Chapter 2 Flow Control
t t
h
Chapter 3 Port Aggregation s :
ce
u r
Chapter 4 Port Mirroring
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Flow Control i .
we
u a
. h
g n
Standard Ethernet
n i
r
Congestion
a
Fast Ethernet T
l e
Gigabit Ethernet / /
tp:
ht
s :
ce
ruHalf-duplex Full-duplex
s o
Re Backpressure PAUSE frame
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Half-duplex Flow Control i .
we
u a
. h
n g
Emulate collision torn
i
prevent
a
T from eoverflowing
the cache
/ l
:/
backpressure t p
ht
es:
r c
o u
s
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Full-duplex Flow Control i .
we
u a
. h
IEEE802.3x standard defines a new method, to handle flow control
n g
i
with full-duplex mode. Switch creates a PAUSE frame, using reserved
n
a r
multicast address: 01-80-C2-00-00-01. the switch sends the frame to
T
/ le
the traffic source, when it is received, the receiver will ‘pause’ or stop
/
sending.
tp:
ht
s :
Since a PAUSE frame uses a reserved multicast address, it won’t be
ce
r
forwarded by a bridge or switch, thus PAUSE frame won’t create add-
u
on information.
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Full-duplex Flow Control i .
we
u a
. h
Application situation of PAUSE function :
n g
 Simple point to point network, between two terminals n i
a r
 A switch and a terminal T
/ le
/
 The link between switches
tp:
ht
PAUSE frame realizes very simple flow control
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Set Flow Control of Ethernet Port i .
we
u a
. h
g
To avoid message dropping, it need to enable flow control on
n
own port and peer
n i
a r
T
/ le
/
Please implement the following configuration in Ethernet port
view p:t
t
 Enable flow control of Etherneth port
s :
− flow-control ce
u r
 Shutdown flow control
s o of Ethernet port(default closed)
R e
− undo flow-control
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 Auto-Negotiation Technology T
l e
/ /
p :
Chapter 2 Flow Control
t t
h
Chapter 3 Port Aggregation s :
ce
u r
Chapter 4 Port Mirroring
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Definition of Port Aggregation i .
we
u a
. h
Port aggregation, is also called link aggregation.
ng
n i
Port aggregation technology aggregates a set of equal cost links into
a r
le
one aggregation group, to achieve loading-balancing.
T From a system
/ /
point of view, a single aggregation group is seen as a single port.
p :
t
Port aggregation is a data link layer technology.
t
h
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Advantages of Port Aggregation i .
we
u a
. h
 Improve bandwidth capacity between devices n g
n i
 Traffic load-balancing capability
a r
 Improve reliability: each aggregated port provides
T
/ le
/
redundancy should a link fail
tp:
ht
s :
ce
r
uData traffic
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Limitations of Port Aggregation i .
we
u a
. h
The physical parameters of aggregation ports of two peers must be
n g
same
n i
 Number of the aggregation ports T a r
/ le
 Speed of the aggregation ports /
tp:
 Duplex mode of the aggregation ports
ht
s :
The logical parameters of aggregation ports of two peers must be
same ce
ur
o
 The basic configuration of ports in the same aggregation group
s
Re
must be same, the basic configuration include STP, QoS, VLAN,
Port and so on.n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Example of Port Aggregation i .
we
u a
E0/1 10.1.1.0/30 E0/1 . h
ng
n i
E0/2 a
E0/2r
le
SW1 T SW2
/ /
tp:
Configuration of SW1：
[SW1] interface eth-trunk 1 ht Configuration of SW2：
[SW2] interface eth-trunk 1
[SW1-Eth-Trunk1] quit s : [SW2-Eth-Trunk1] quit
[SW1] interface ethernet 0/1 ce [SW2] interface ethernet 0/1
[SW1-Ethernet0/1] eth-trunk 1 ur [SW2-Ethernet0/1] eth-trunk 1
[SW1-Ethernet0/1] quit s o [SW2-Ethernet0/1] quit
Re
[SW1] interface ethernet 0/2 [SW2] interface ethernet 0/2
n g
[SW1-Ethernet0/2] eth-trunk 1 [SW2-Ethernet0/2] eth-trunk 1
n i
[SW1-Ethernet0/2] quit [SW2-Ethernet0/2] quit
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
T
l e
Chapter 1 Auto-Negotiation Technology
/ /
p :
Chapter 2 Flow Control t t
h
s :
Chapter 3 Port Aggregation
ce
u r
s
Chapter 4 Port Mirroring o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Port Mirroring i .
we
u a
. h
Internet
ng
n i
a r
le
SWA E0/1
Service data T
/ /
E0/2 :
t p Mirrored data
ht
E0/3 Monitor device
s :
ce
ur
SWC
s o SWB
Re
n g
n i
PC1
a r PC2
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Port Based Mirroring i .
we
u a
. h
n g
Port based mirroring allows a copy of sent and received traffic on a port to
n i
be duplicated and forwarded (mirrored) to an alternative port. This can be
used for traffic observation or troubleshooting . a r
T
l e
An Ethernet switch supports many to one mapping,
/ / meaning the traffic of
p : port.
multiple ports can be mirrored to a single monitor
t t
h
Service data
s :
ce
u rE0/1
s o E0/2
R e
n g Mirrored data
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Flow Based Mirroring i .
we
u a
. h
g
Flow based mirroring classifies mirrored traffic according to classification
n
i
rules, based which data will be mirrored to the monitor port, again which
n
is used to analyze and monitor classified traffic. a r
T
/ le
/
A switch can only configure a single monitor port.
tp: Service data of data traffic 1

ht Service data of data traffic 1
s :
ce
u r
E0/1
o
es
E0/2
R mirrored data of data
n g traffic 1
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Configuration of Port Mirroring i .
we
u a
. h
E0/1 E0/24
n g
n i
a r
le
PC1 SW T PC2
/ /
t p:
Configuration of SW：
ht
:
[SW]observe-port 1 interface Ethernet 0/1
s
[SW]interface ethernet 0/24
ce
r
[SW-Ethernet0/24] port-mirroring to observe-port 1
u
inbound
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
 What is auto-negotiation? a r
T
/ le
/
p:
 What are the differences between half-
t t
duplex and full-duplex traffic control?
h
s :
e
 What are the functions of port
c
ur
o
aggregation and port mirroring?
s
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
T m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
p :
t t
h
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
u r
so
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
VLAN Principles and ear
/ l
Configuration :/
t p
ht
s :
ce www.huawei.com
ur
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
L e
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
VLAN technology
l e provides flexible
/ /
control for Ethernet, and is applied
widely. tp
:
ht
s :
r ce
o u
e s
R T
ing
r n
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
expect to: a r
/ le
 Understand the need for VLANs/
t p:
 Understand the role of the VLAN tag
ht
s :
 Acquire sufficient knowledge to explain
ce VLAN tagging
behavior surrounding
u r
s o
 Acquire sufficient knowledge to
Re VLANs
implement
T
n g
n i
ar
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 VLAN Overview
/ le
/
p:
tt
Chapter 2 VLAN Tag Application
h
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re T
ing
r n
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
VLAN Generation c o
i .
we
 The Ethernet lacks forwarding control methods .
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
tp:
ht
s :
ce
r B C
ou
A
e s
R T
n g not want
n i
User ：I do
Administrator：B
a r broadcast
to receive
Le packets from C
cannot access A
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
The Aim of VLAN i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
tp:
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Group 2 Re T
ing
r n Group 1
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Implement a VLAN with Tags i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
5 /
tp:
ht Permit VLAN 1 only
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re T
ng
A
B
rni
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
VLAN Tag i .
we
u a
. h4B
6B 6B 2B 64-1500B
n g
DA SA TYPE DATAn i FCS
a r Untagged frame
le
/64-1500B
/
6B 6B 4B
t p:
2B 4B
DA SA TAG
htTYPE DATA FCS Tagged frame
s :
2B ce 2B
ur
s o C
0x8100 Re PRI F VLAN ID（12b）
T
ng
i
I
n
r TPID
ea
TCI
L
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
How to Generate VLAN Tag i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
Port PVID
Port 1 Port 10
a rPort1 5
Port 2 Port 7
/ le Port2 10
/
tp: …… ……
ht Port7 5
s :
ce …… ……
r
ou
Port10 10
Host A
e s
Host C
Host B R Host D
T
i ng
r n
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 VLAN Overview
/ le
/
p:
tt
Chapter 2 VLAN Tag Application
h
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re T
ing
r n
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
VLAN Forwarding Procedure i .
we
u a
Receive frame
. h
from peer
n g
Y
n i
Tagged?
a r
le
N
Add PVID
Use its own
/ /
p:
vlan id
t t
h
s :
Switch has
ce
created the
Y
u r
VLAN?
s o
Re
N Destination
N port allows the
T
n g VLAN to pass
i
rn
Discard Y
e a forward/tag operation
L
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
Access Port VLAN Attribute i .
we
u a
.h
[Quidway]display port vlan active GigabitEthernet 0/0/1
g
n
T=TAG U=UNTAG ni r
e a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
l
Link Type PVID VLAN List //
Port
p :
t t
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
h A VLAN whose VLANID
GE0/0/1 access 2
s :2
U: that is the same as the
c e PVID is untagged
u r
s o
R e The default VLAN is 2,
Access port，used to g untagged frames will be T
connect hostin
r n forwarded after tag is added
a
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Access Port i .
we
u a
. h
g
n
i
n link-type access
SWA \\configure port type
r
a link-type access
Port-0/1 : VLAN-3
l e
[SWA-Ethernet0/1]port
/
[SWA-Ethernet0/2]port
: /
p3
\\create VLAN
t
ht 5
[SWA]vlan
Port-0/2 : VLAN-5
[SWA]vlan
s :
r ce\\set port PVID
u
[SWA-Ethernet0/1]port default vlan 3
so [SWA-Ethernet0/2]port default vlan 5
R e
T
ing
r n
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Trunk port VLAN Attribute i .
we
u a
. h
[Quidway]display port vlan active Ethernet 0/3
n g
T=TAG U=UNTAG n i
a r
l e
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/ /
Port Link Type PVID VLAN List
p :
t t
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
h
E0/3 trunk 3
s : U: 3 Permit multiple
c e T: 1 VLANs to pass
u r
s o
Re T
Used to connect
n g After receiving untagged frame,
switches and n iother
network r
a devices
tag with PVID 3
L e
o
e n
m/
c o
Trunk Port i .
we
u a
. h
SWA n
SWBg
Port-0/3
r
Port-0/3 ni
a
/ le
/
\\create VLAN
t p:
[SWA]vlan 3
ht
[SWA]vlan 5
s :
\\configure port type
ce
[SWA-Ethernet0/3]port r
u link-type trunk
oport PVID
s
Re trunk pvid vlan 3
\\configure Trunk-Link
[SWA-Ethernet0/3]port T
g
nVLAN permitted by Trunk-Link（permitted VLAN）
n i
\\configure
a r
[SWA-Ethernet0/3]port trunk allow-pass vlan 5
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Hybrid Port VLAN Attribute
i .
we
u a
[Quidway]display port vlan active Ethernet 0/3
. h
n g
T=TAG U=UNTAG
n i
a r
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/ le
Port Link Type PVID /
VLAN List
t p:
t
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
h
E0/3 hybrid 5
s : U: 1 4
ce
r
ou
T: 3
e s
R T
n
Forward g frame Forward after
n iTrunk port
ar
as removing the tag
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Hybrid Port i .
we
u a
. h
n g
i
[Quidway-Ethernet0/1]port link-type hybrid
n
r
[Quidway-Ethernet0/1]port hybrid pvid vlan 2
a
le
[Quidway-Ethernet0/1]port hybrid untagged vlan 2 99
/ /
Port-2/0/0
p :
[Quidway-Ethernet0/3]port link-type hybrid
t t
[Quidway-Ethernet0/3]port hybrid pvid vlan 3
h
[Quidway-Ethernet0/3]port hybrid untagged vlan 3 99
s :
e
c[Quidway-Ethernet0/24]port link-type hybrid
Port-1/0/1 Port-1/0/24
u r[Quidway-Ethernet0/24]port hybrid pvid vlan 99
s o
R e [Quidway-Ethernet0/24]port hybrid untagged vlan 2 to 3
T
ing
r n
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
Port VLAN Attribute Dynamic Configuration
i .
we
u a
Addition of VLAN attributes on transition switch . h
n g
 Manual configuration n i Manual /
a r Automatic
− Adapts to small-scale networks
/ le configuration
/ VLAN
p:
 Automatic configuration
− GVRP Trunkt t SWB Trunk
h
s :
ce
ur
s o
VLAN-2
SWA SWC
VLAN-2
Re T
ing
r n
e a PC-1 PC-2
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
GVRP Configuration i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
[Switch]gvrp
a r
le
[Switch]interface e0/1
[Switch-Ethernet0/1]port link-type trunk
/ /
p:
[Switch-Ethernet0/1]port trunk allow-pass vlan all
[Switch-Ethernet0/1]gvrp
t t
h
s :
ce
r Eth0/2
sou
R e Eth0/2
T
n g
n i
a r
Le Eth0/1 Eth0/1
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
 How many port types doesea Huawei
/ l
switch support?
:/
t p when sent
t
 Must a frame be tagged
h
from a trunk port to peer devices?
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re T
n g
n i
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
e T
uaw
. h
n g
rni
ea
Thank you / / l
p :
t t
h
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
u r
so
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng T
n i
a r
VLAN Routing / le
/
t p:
ht
s :
ce www.huawei.com
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
le
A VLAN effectively isolates broadcasts,
/ /
but also restricts communication between
p : The ability to enable
t
different VLANs.
t
h
communication across these VLAN
s :
e
cboundaries becomes an issue. VLAN
u r routing resolves this problem to allow
so
R e successful communication between
ing selected VLANTboundaries.
r n
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
should expect to:
/ le
 Understand VLAN routing : /
t p
ht
 Acquire knowledge necessary to
s :
e
configure VLAN routing
c
u r
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 What is VLAN Routing
/ le
/
t
Chapter 2 VLAN Routing Configuration p:
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
ng
T
n i
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
VLAN Disadvantages i .
we
u a
. h
VLANs isolate not only layer-2 broadcasts, but also VLAN traffic. As
n g
n i
a result users belonging to different VLANs are unable communicate
a r
le
with each other.
/ /
t p:
Port 1
ht Port 2
s :
ce
u r
s o
VLAN 100 Re VLAN 200
ng
T
n i
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Communication between VLANs i .
w e
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
192.168.200.200
Port 5
/ le 192.168.200.1
Ethernet0
/
VLAN200
VLAN 200 Port 2
tp:
Port 1 ht
s :
ce Port 3 Ethernet1
u r VLAN100 192.168.100.1
s o
Re
192.168.100.100
ng
VLAN 100 T
n i
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
One Physical Connection for Every VLAN c o
i .
e w
a
uVLAN
VLANs are configured on layer 2 switches, and each h
. router.
can use a separate physical link to interface with n g the
n i
a r
l e
VLAN 300
/ /
p :
t
ht
VLAN 200 s : Ethernet0
ce Ethernet1
u r Ethernet2
s o
e
RVLAN 100
n g T
n i
a r
L e
o
e n
m/
c o
Using VLAN Trunking
i .
e
w
Configuration of the switch port to support trunking over the u a
h
. to
link between the switch and router will allow multiple VLANs
n g
share one physical link. n i
a r
l e
VLAN 300
/ /
p :
t t Ethernet0.300
h
VLAN 200 s : Ethernet0.200
ce Trunk Ethernet0.100
u r
s o
e
RVLAN 100
n g T
n i
a r
L e
o
e n
m /
c o
Integration of Switching and Routing
i .
e
wVLAN 200
u a
VLAN 100
. h
ng
n i
a r VLAN 300
/ le
/
p:
VLAN 100 VLAN 200
t t
h L3 switch
s : L2 switch
VLAN 300
ce
ur
s o
R e
g
Functional integration of layer 2 switches and T routers forms the basis for the
n layer 3 switch functionally enables VLAN classification,
layer 3 switch. iThe
r n
VLAN based
e a layer 2 switching and inter-VLAN routing.
L
o
e n
m/
c o
Functionality of a L3 Switch i .
w e
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
: /
VLAN200p
VLAN100
t t VLAN300
h
10.110.0.254/24 10.110.1.254/24 10.110.2.254/24
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g T
n i
10.110.0.113/24 10.110.1.69/24 10.110.1.88/24 10.110.2.200/24
a r
Le
GW:10.110.0.254 GW:10.110.1.254 GW:10.110.1.254 GW:10.110.2.254
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 What Is VLAN Routing
/ le
/
t p:
ht
Chapter 2 VLAN Routing Configuration
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
ng
T
n i
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
VLAN Routing Configuration i .
we
u a
. h
IP:192.168.20.20
n g
VLAN 200 GW:192.168.20.1
n i
a r
/ le
SWA
Port 24 :
/ RTA
t p Ethernet0/1
ht
Port 2 Trunk
Port 1
s :
ce
VLAN 100
u r
s o
Re
ng
T
rni IP:192.168.10.10
e a GW:192.168.10.1
L
r e
o
e n
m/
Standalone Routing Configuration—Switch c o
i .
Configuration we a
h u
SWA RTA n g .
Port 24
n i
Trunk Ethernet0/1
a r
l e
/ /
p :
t t
h
[SWA]vlan 100
s :
[SWA-vlan100]port ethernet 0/1
ce
[SWA]vlan 200
ur
o
[SWA-vlan200]port ethernet 0/2
s
Re
[SWA]interface ethernet 0/24
[SWA-Ethernet0/24]port link-type trunk
n g T
[SWA-Ethernet0/24]port trunk allow-pass vlan all
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
Standalone Routing Configuration—Router c o
i .
Configuration we a
h u
SWA RTA n g .
Port 24
n i
Trunk Ethernet0/1
a r
l e
/ /
p :
[RTA]interface ethernet 0/1.1tt
[RTA-Ethernet0/1.1]control-vid h 100 dot1q-termination
[RTA-Ethernet0/1.1]dot1qstermination : vid 100
[RTA-Ethernet0/1.1]arpce broadcast enable
[RTA-Ethernet0/1.1]ip u r address 192.168.10.1 255.255.255.0
[RTA]interface ethernet s o 0/1.2
R e
[RTA-Ethernet0/1.2]control-vid 200 dot1q-termination
g
[RTA-Ethernet0/1.2]dot1q
n
termination T vid 200
n i
[RTA-Ethernet0/1.2]arp broadcast enable
a r
[RTA-Ethernet0/1.2]ip address 192.168.20.1 255.255.255.0
L e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
VLAN Routing Configuration—Verify Connectivity
e w
u a
. h
g
Using the ping command, host 192.168.10.10 in VLAN100 can verify
n
i
connectivity between itself and host 192.168.20.20 in VLAN200
n
a r
le
C:\>ping 192.168.20.20
/ /
p:
Pinging 192.168.20.20 with 32 bytes of data:
t t
Reply from 192.168.20.20:
h
bytes=32 time=2ms TTL=254
Reply from 192.168.20.20:
s : bytes=32 time=1ms TTL=254
Reply from
ce
192.168.20.20: bytes=32 time=1ms TTL=254
Reply from
r
192.168.20.20:
u
bytes=32 time=1ms TTL=254
Ping statistics s o
Packets: Sent e for 192.168.20.20:
R = 4, Received =T4, Lost = 0 (0% loss),
Approximate ground trip times in milli-seconds:
i n = 1ms, Maximum = 2ms, Average = 1ms
n
Minimum
r
e a
L
o
e n
m/
c o
L3 Switch Configuration i .
we
u a
. h
IP:192.168.20.20
n g
VLAN 200
n i
GW:192.168.20.1
a r
/ le
SWA /
tp:
Port 2
t
Port 1 h
s :
r ce
u
VLAN 100
o
e s
R
ng
T
n i IP:192.168.10.10
ar GW:192.168.10.1
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
L3 Switch Configuration—Switch Configurationi .
e w
u a
SWA
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
tp:
t
[SWA]interface vlanif 100
[SWA-Vlanif100]ip add
h
192.168.10.1 255.255.255.0 create L3 interface of
[SWA]interface vlanif 200
s : VLAN
[SWA-Vlanif200]ip add
e
192.168.20.1 255.255.255.0
c
ur
s o
Re
ng
T
n i
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
L3 Switch Configuration—Detect Connectivityei.
a w
hu
.
Host 192.168.10.10 in VLAN100 ping host 192.168.20.20 in VLAN200
g
in
n r
C:\>ping 192.168.20.20
ea
l
/ of data:
Pinging 192.168.20.20 with 32 bytes
/
: time=2ms TTL=254
t p
Reply from 192.168.20.20: bytes=32
Reply from 192.168.20.20: bytes=32 h t time=1ms TTL=254
Reply from 192.168.20.20:: bytes=32 time=1ms TTL=254
e s bytes=32 time=1ms TTL=254
Reply from 192.168.20.20:
r c
o u 192.168.20.20:
Ping statistics for
e s = 4, Received = 4, Lost = 0 (0% loss),
Packets: Sent
R trip times in milli-seconds:
Approximate round
n g TAverage = 1ms
Minimum
n i = 1ms, Maximum = 2ms,
a r
L e
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
l e routing?
 What is the purpose of VLAN
/ /
 What methods can t p:used to
be
ht
:
implement VLAN routing?
s
ce
u r
s o
Re
ng
T
n i
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
t p:
ht
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re T
ing
r n
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
STP Principle and ear
/ l
Configuration :/
t p
ht
s :
ce www.huawei.com
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e
e T
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
w e
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
This section e
lintroduces the basic
/ /
p:
principles and configuration practices of
t t
STP (Spanning Tree Protocol).
h
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re T
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
expect to:
/le
 Understand the purpose of STP:
/
t p
 Understand the basic principles ht of STP
 Build configuration skills s : for managing
ce
STP behavior
u r
s o
Re T
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 Switching Loops le/
:/
Chapter 2 STP Convergence Process t p
ht
Chapter 3 STP Configuration s :
ce
u r
Chapter 4 STP Behavioral
s o Limitations
R e T
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.. All rights reserved
o
HUAWEI Pa ge 4
e n
m /
c o
Switch Forwarding Flow i .
we
u a
. h
n g
PCA 1
i
Destination MAC
n
Destination
port
SWA
a r
le
00-0D-56-BF-88-10 E0/2
00-0D-56-BF-88-20 E0/3
00-0D-56-BF-88-10
/ / ..... .....
p:
E0/2
..... .....
t t
E0/3
h
2
s :
ce
u r E0/5
s o3
Re
Destination
Destination MAC
T port
ng
E0/6
00-0D-56-BF-88-10 E0/5
PCB
n i SWB
00-0D-56-BF-88-20 E0/6
ar ..... .....
L e
00-0D-56-BF-88-20 ..... .....
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i. Storm
The First Problem Caused by Loop---Broadcast
e
a w
h u
Broadcast
g .
n
ni
1
PCA
SWA
a r
/ le
4
/
t p:
ht
s :
ce
4 2 3
ur
s o
Re T
n g
n i
a r
Le
SWB
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
Switch Learns MAC Address i .
we
u a
. h
PCA 1
n g
SWA
n i Destination
a r
Destination MAC
port
00-0D-56-BF-88-10
l e .....
00-0D-56-BF-88-10 E0/2
E0/2
E0/3 :/
/ ..... .....
.....
t p
2 ht
s :
ce E0/5
3 u r
s o Destination MAC
Destination
Re
port
E0/6 TE0/5
00-0D-56-BF-88-10
PCB
ing SWB ..... .....
r n ..... .....
a
00-0D-56-BF-88-20
Le
o
e n
/m
The Second Problem Caused by Loop---MAC Table c o
i .
Flapping w e
u a
. h
n g
PCA
n i
SWA
a r
00-0D-56-BF-88-10 l e
Destination MAC
Destination
port
E0/2 / / 00-0D-56-BF-88-10
:
p 00-0D-56-BF-88-10
E0/2
E0/3 t E0/4
ht
E0/4
s :
ce Wrong destination port
u r
s o E0/5 E0/6
Re T
n g
n i
a r
L e SWB

o
HUAWEI Pa ge 8
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
Chapter 1 Switching Loops
a r
le
//
Chapter 2 STP Convergence Process
:
t p
ht
Chapter 3 STP Configuration
s :
ce Limitation
Chapter 4
r
STP Behavioral
u
s o
Re T
ing
r n
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Eliminating Loop i .
we
SWA u a
. h
n g
E0/20
n i
E0/10
a r
/ le
LANA /
LANB
t p:
E0/10
ht E0/20
SWB E0/20
s :LANC E0/10
ce SWC
u r
o
block one port
s
Re T
n g
n i
LAND LANE
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
After The Port Blocked i .
we
SWA u a
. h
n g
E0/20
n i
E0/10
a r
/ le
LANA /
LANB
t p:
E0/10
ht E0/20
SWB E0/20
s :LANC E0/10
ce SWC
u r
s o
Re T
n g
n i
LAND LANE
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Link Backup i .
we
SWA u a
. h
n g
E0/20
n i
E0/10
a r
/ le
LANA /
LANB
t p:
E0/10
ht E0/20
SWB E0/20
s :LANC E0/10
ce SWC
Resumeu r the port
s o
Re T
n g
n i
LAND LANE
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
BPDU Operation i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
tp:
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o BPDU
Re T
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i.
STP Convergence Process－Select Root Switch
e
a w
h u
Root Bridge
SWA .g
in
n
32768.00e0-fc16-ee43
r
ea
/ l
/
LANA
t p:LANB
SWB ht
SWC
32768.
e s: 32768.
00e0-fc41-4259
r c LANC 00e0-fc41-43b9
o u
s
Re T
n g
i
nLAND
a r LANE
Le
r e
o
e n
/ m
STP Convergence Process －Select Root Port .c
o
e i
a w
SWA
h u
Root Bridge
g .
in
32768.00e0-fc16-ee43
r n
ea
/ l
LANA
:/
LANB
Root Port
t p Root Port
ht
32768. SWB
s :LANC SWC 32768.
00e0-fc41-4259 ce 00e0-fc41-43b9
u r
s o
Re T
n g
n i
LAND LANE
a r
Le
o
HUAWEI Pa ge 15
e n
m/
c o
i.Port
STP Convergence Process－Select Designated
e
a w
h u
Root
SWA
g .
n
32768.00e0-fc16-ee43
Designated port r ni
a Designated port for
for LANA
/ le LANB
/
LANA
t p:LANB
SWB ht
SWC
32768.
es: 32768.
00e0-fc41-4259
r c LANC 00e0-fc41-43b9
o u
s
Designated
ReDesignated Alternate
Designated
T
port for LAND
n g port for LANC Port
port for LANE
i
nLAND
a r LANE
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
tp:
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re T
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Switch Port Role i .
we
u a
. h
n g
Port role Descriptionni
a r
/ le
/
Root port is the nearest port from the root switch, it
p:
Root Port
maintains a forwarding state.
t t
h a network segment it connects to,
Forwards data from
Designated Port :
towards rootsswitch, and data from the root switch to
c
the networke segment it connects.
u r
s o port, it will not forward any data to network
Backup
Resegment it connects.
Alternate Port
T
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Port Status Description i .
we
u a
. h
Port status Description g n
i
n address or calculate
Port will not forward data, learn MAC
a r
Disabled
spanning tree
l e
/
Port will not forward data and/learn MAC address; it will receive
Blocking p :send BPDU.
and deal with BPDU but not
t t
Port will not forwardhdata and learn MAC address, but it will
Listening
s : tree, receive and send BPDU
e
calculation spanning
c
Port willur
not forward data ,but it will learn MAC address,
Learning
s o spanning tree, receive and send BPDU.
R e
calculate
T
Forwarding n g receive and send BPDU.
Port will forward data, learn MAC address, calculate spanning
n i tree,
a r
Le
o
HUAWEI Pa ge 19
e n
m/
Transform of Port Status c o
i .
we
Disabled u a
. h
ng
Port enables Port disables
n i
a r
/ le
Listening
/
1
tp:
Port disables 2 ht 3 Port disables
s : 2
Blocking
ce Learning
u r
o
s 2 3
Re T
n g
n i Forwarding
a r Port disables
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
:/
ht
ce
u r
s o Limitations
R e T
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
HUAWEI Pa ge 21
e n
m/
c o
STP Basic Configuration－Physical Topology .
i e
a w
SWA
h u
Root
g .
n
E0/10 E0/20
r ni
a
/ le
LANA /
LANB
t p:
E0/10
ht E0/20
SWB E0/20
s :LANC E0/10
ce SWC
u r
s o
Re
Designated
port for LANC T
n g
n i
LAND LANE
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
STP Basic Configuration－Configuration c o
i .
Command
we
u a
. h
Root
SWA
n g
[Quidway]sysname SWA
i
[SWA]stp enable
n
r
[SWA]stp mode stp
a
le
E0/10 [SWA]stp priority 4096
E0/20
[Quidway]sysname SWB
/ /
[SWB]stp enable
LANA p :
LANB
[SWB]stp mode stp
t t
h
[SWB]stp priority 8192
s:
E0/10 E0/20
E0/20 ceLANC E0/10
SWB
u r SWC
s o E0/24
Re
[Quidway]sysname SWC
Designated T enable
[SWC]stp
n g [SWC]stp mode stp
n i port for LANC
a rLAND LANE
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
.
STP Basic Configuration－Verify STP GlobaleiStatus
a w
h u
[SWC]display stp
g .
-------[CIST Global Info][Mode STP]-------
in
CIST Bridge :32768.4c1f-cc45-aace
rn
a
le
Bridge Times :Hello 2s MaxAge 20s FwDly 15s MaxHop 20
CIST Root/ERPC
/ /
:4096.4c1f-cc45-aacc / 10000
CIST RegRoot/IRPC :32768.4c1f-cc45-aace
p :/ 0
t t
CIST RootPortId :128.25
h
BPDU-Protection :Disabled
s :
CIST Root Type
c
:Secondarye root
:125 r
TC or TCN received
:0 so
u
e
TC count per hello
STP Converge Mode R:Normal T
n g
Share region-configuration :Enabled
n i
a r
Time since last TC :2 days 1h:56m:15s
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
STP Basic Configuration－Verify STP Port c o
i .
Information w e
a u
[SWC]display stp interface Ethernet 0/20
. h
----[Port20(Ethernet0/20)][FORWARDING]----
n g
ni
Port Protocol :Enabled
r
Port Role :Root Port
Port Priority :128
a
Port Cost(Dot1T ) :Config=auto / Active=199999
/ le
Designated Bridge/Port
/
:0.4c1f-cc45-aacc / 128.20
p:
Port Edged :Config=default / Active=disabled
Point-to-point :Config=auto / Active=true
t t
Transit Limit :147 packets/hello-time
h
Protection Type :None
s :
e
Port STP Mode :STP
c
Port Protocol Type :Config=auto / Active=dot1s
r
PortTimes
u
:Hello 2s MaxAge 20s FwDly 15s RemHop 0
o
TC or TCN send :1
s
Re
TC or TCN received :52
BPDU Sent :2 T
n g
TCN: 1, Config: 1, RST: 0, MST: 0
BPDU Received
n i :175898
a r
TCN: 0, Config: 175898, RST: 0, MST: 0
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
:/
ht
ce
u r
s o Limitations
R e T
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
HUAWEI Pa ge 26
e n
m/
Possible Temporary Loop c o
i .
we
SWA u a
Root
SWB
. h
E0/1
n g
LANB
n i
a rE0/2 Designated port
/ le
/ New Alternate port
t p: Continue forwarding
LANA
ht LANC
temporarily
s : Root port
ce
r
ou
E0/1
es
New designated
E0/2
New Root R LAND T port
SWC n g
n i Alternate port
SWD
a r New root port

Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
RSTP i .
we
u a
. h
STP g
n
 A port needs to wait for a period equal tortwo
i
n times the
eaa blocked status
Forward Delay before transitioning from
/ l
into a forwarding status
:/
RSTP （Rapid Spanning TreetProtocol）tp
h
 Fast convergence
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re T
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
VLAN Communication Issues i .
we
u a
Root
SWA
. h
n g
n i
E0/10 E0/20
a r
e VLAN10, 20
lPermit
Permit VLAN10, 20
/ /
p:
Blocked Port
t t
E0/10 h E0/20
E0/20 s : E0/10
SWB
ce SWC
r Permit VLAN10
VLAN10
sou E0/24 VLAN20
VLAN20
R e Host in VLAN20
VLAN10
T
n g can’t communicate
n i
LAND LANE
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
The Second Problem of STP i .
we
u a
. h
n g
i
In the event that VLANs are used to logically segment the
n
a r
network and STP may result in the loss of VLAN connectivity
due to port blocking.
/ le
How can we ensure that all VLANsp:
/
maintain connectivity as
t
ht
well as maintain a loop free network?
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re T
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
 How does STP converge to prevent
l e
/ /
:
switching loops in the network?
p
t
 How does STP resolvetthe problem of
h
temporary loops?s:
ce
u r
s o
Re T
n g
n i
ar
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
www.huawei.comp :
t t
h
s :
ce
u r
so
R e T
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
VRRP Principles and ear
/ l
Configuration :/
t p
ht
s :
ce www.huawei.com
ur
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
L e
e All rights
or
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
reserved
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
i
n the principles
r
This course will introduce
and configuration lforea the Virtual Router
/ /
p :
Redundancy Protocol (VRRP).
t t
h
VRRP describes a protocol that supports
s : gateway election, through election
e
dynamic
c
u r a Master from a group of VRRP
of T routers,
so
R e the Master will associate with a virtual
n g router and be identified as redundant

n i
a r gateway for a network.
Le
r e
o
All rights
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.. Pa ge 2
reserved
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
expect to: /
t p:
 Understand the principles of VRRP
ht
s :
 Acquire the skills to configure VRRP
ce
r
ou
on the VRP platform
s
T
R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
Why need VRRP ? i .
w e
u a
Only one gateway,
. h
no redundancy
n g
Internet
n i
RTA
ar
l e
/ /
10.1.1.254/24t p:
ht
s :
ce Ethernet
r
sou T
PCA PCB R e PCC PCD
n g
n i
10.1.1.1/24
a r 10.1.1.2/24 10.1.1.3/24 10.1.1.4/24
10.1.1.254
Le 10.1.1.254 10.1.1.254 10.1.1.254
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
What is VRRP？ i .
w e
Internet
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Virtuall
e
RTA
/ / RTB
:
Router
p
10.1.1.251/24 E0/0 t
10.1.1.254 E0/0 10.1.1.252/24
ht
s :
ce Ethernet
r
s ou T
PCA R
PCB e PCC PCD
ng
i
10.1.1.1/24 r n 10.1.1.2/24 10.1.1.3/24 10.1.1.4/24
10.1.1.254e a 10.1.1.254 10.1.1.254 10.1.1.254
L
o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 5
reserved
e n
/ m
Virtual Router－ Virtual Router ID and Virtual IP Address.c
o
e i
a w
onuRTA,
<RTA>display vrrp interface Ethernet 0/0
Ethernet 0/0 | Virtual Router 1
. h
State : Master g
Virtual Router
n IP address:
ID is 1,
Virtual IP : 10.1.1.254
i
Virtual
n 10.1.1.254
Master IP : 10.1.1.251
PriorityRun : 200
a r
PriorityConfig : 200
l e
MasterPriority : 200
/ /
Preempt : YES
TimerRun : 1 s
Delay Time : 0
p :
TimerConfig : 1 s
t t
Auth Type : NONE
h
Ethernet 0/0 | Virtual Routers1
:
<RTB>display vrrp interface Ethernet 0/0 On RTB, the Virtual
ce Router ID and Virtual IP
r
State : Backup
u
Virtual IP : 10.1.1.254
o
addressTshould be the
PriorityRun : 150s
Master IP : 10.1.1.252
same as that of RTA.
PriorityConfig e
R : 150
Preempt : g
i n YES Delay Time : 0
n
TimerRun : 1 s
rType : NONE
a
TimerConfig : 1 s
Le
Auth

o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 6
reserved
e n
m/
c o
Electing the Master based on Priority i .
w e
u a
Internet . h
n g
n i
Backup
a r Master
/ le
/
Virtual
RTA
t p:
Router
RTB
10.1.1.251/24 E0/0
ht
10.1.1.254 E0/0 10.1.1.252/24
Priority = 200
Priority = 100
s :
ce
r Ethernet
sou T
R e PCC PCD
PCA
n g
PCB
n i
10.1.1.1/24 a r 10.1.1.2/24 10.1.1.3/24 10.1.1.4/24
10.1.1.254 Le 10.1.1.254 10.1.1.254 10.1.1.254
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
Electing the Master based on Priority i .
we
u a
<RTB>display vrrp interface Ethernet 0/0
. h
State : Master
n g
Virtual IP : 10.1.1.254
n i
The Master has higher
Master IP : 10.1.1.252
PriorityRun : 200
a r priority value
/ le
/
p:
Preempt : YES Delay Time : 0
TimerRun : 1 s
TimerConfig : 1 s
t t
Auth Type : NONE
h
:
ce
r
State : Backup
The Backup
T has
u
Virtual IP : 10.1.1.254
o
PriorityRun : 100s
Master IP : 10.1.1.251 lower priority value
PriorityConfig e
R : 100
Preempt : g
n
TimerRun : 1 s
rType : NONE
a
TimerConfig : 1 s
Le
Auth

o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 8
reserved
e n
m/
Special Priority Value - 255 c o
i .
w e
u a
Internet
. h
n g
IP Address Owner n i
a r
/ le
/
Virtual
p:
RTA RTB
Router
10.1.1.254/24 E0/0 t t
10.1.1.254 E0/0 10.1.1.252/24
h
s :
ce Ethernet
r
s ou T
R
PCB
e PCC PCD
ng
PCA
n i
10.1.1.1/24ar 10.1.1.2/24 10.1.1.3/24 10.1.1.4/24
Le
10.1.1.254 10.1.1.254 10.1.1.254 10.1.1.254

o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 9
reserved
e n
m/
c o
Special Priority Value - 255 i .
we
u a
. h
State : Master
n g
Virtual IP : 10.1.1.254
i
ThenRun Priority is 255,
Master IP : 10.1.1.254
PriorityRun : 255
a r this router is the
le IP address owner.
since
/ /
p:
TimerRun : 1 s
TimerConfig : 1 s
t t
Auth Type : NONE
h
:
ce RTB is the Backup router

r
State : Backup
u
Virtual IP : 10.1.1.254
o although itsTconfigured
PriorityRun : 200s
Master IP : 10.1.1.252
PriorityConfig e
priority is higher.
R : 200
Preempt : g
n
TimerRun : 1 s
rType : NONE
a
TimerConfig : 1 s
Le
Auth

o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 10
reserved
e n
/ m
Configuring Single Virtual Router - Physical Topology c o
i .
w e
u a
Internet
. h
n g
n i
Backup a r Master
l e
/ /
Virtual
RTA
p : RTB
t t Router
E0/0 10.1.1.252/24
10.1.1.251/24 E0/0
h10.1.1.254
Priority = 200
Priority = 100
s :
ce
u r Ethernet T
s o
R e
PCA
n gPCB PCC PCD
n i
10.1.1.1/24ar 10.1.1.2/24 10.1.1.3/24 10.1.1.4/24
Le
10.1.1.254 10.1.1.254 10.1.1.254 10.1.1.254
o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 11
reserved
e n
m/
c o
Configuring Single Virtual Router - RTA
i .
we
u a
<Quidway>system-view
. h
Configuring the interface’s
n g
physical IP address
[Quidway]sysname RTA
n i
a r
le
[RTA]interface Ethernet 0/0
[RTA-Ethernet0/0]ip address 10.1.1.251 24

/ /
t p:
t
[RTA-Ethernet0/0]vrrp vrid 1 virtual-ip 10.1.1.254
h
s :
ce
ru a Virtual Router: VRID is 1, T
s o
Creating
e
R Virtual IP Address is 10.1.1.254
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
Configuring Single Virtual Router - RTB
i .
we
u a
. h
The same VRID and
n g
Virtual IP Address as
[Quidway]sysname RTB
n i
[RTB]interface Ethernet 0/0
a r RTA
[RTB-Ethernet0/0]ip address 10.1.1.252 24 le /

[RTB-Ethernet0/0]vrrp vrid 1 virtual-ip :10.1.1.254
/
t p
[RTB-Ethernet0/0]vrrp vrid 1 priority
ht 200
s :
ce
u r T the Priority of
s o Configuring
R e Virtual Router 1 as 200
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 13
reserved
e n
/ m
Configuring Multiple Virtual Routers-Physical Topology c o
i .
w e
u a
Internet
. h
n g
The Master
n i The Master
of VR1
a r of VR2
l e
/
/2
RTA VR 1
p
VR: RTB
t t
10.1.1.251/24 E0/0 10.1.1.100 h 10.1.1.200 E0/0 10.1.1.252/24
s :
ce
u r Ethernet T
s o
R e
PCA
n gPCB PCC PCD
n i
10.1.1.1/24ar 10.1.1.2/24 10.1.1.3/24 10.1.1.4/24
Le
10.1.1.100 10.1.1.100 10.1.1.200 10.1.1.200
o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 14
reserved
e n
m/
Configuring Multiple Virtual Routers - RTA c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r The Priority of
l e
/ / VRID 1 is 200
[RTA-Ethernet0/0]vrrp vrid 1 priority 200
p :
t t 10.1.1.200
[RTA-Ethernet0/0]vrrp vrid 2 virtual-ip
h
s :
ce
u r T
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 15
reserved
e n
m/
c o
Configuring Multiple Virtual Routers - RTB
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
[RTB-Ethernet0/0]ip address 10.1.1.252 24
l e
[RTB-Ethernet0/0]vrrp vrid 1 virtual-ip 10.1.1.100
/ / The Priority of
[RTB-Ethernet0/0]vrrp vrid 2 virtual-ip :10.1.1.200
t p VRID 2 is 200
[RTB-Ethernet0/0]vrrp vrid 2 priority
ht 200
s :
ce
u r T
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 16
reserved
e n
Configuring Tracking Up-link Interface- Physical om
/
. c
Topology ei w
u a
Internet
. h
n g
n i
Backup
a r Master
le
E1/0 E1/0
/ /
RTA
t p:
VR 1 RTB
10.1.1.251/24 E0/0
ht
10.1.1.254 E0/0 10.1.1.252/24
Priority = 200
Priority = 100
s :
ce
r Ethernet
sou T
R e
PCA
n g
PCB PCC PCD
n i
10.1.1.1/24ar 10.1.1.2/24 10.1.1.3/24 10.1.1.4/24
Le
10.1.1.254 10.1.1.254 10.1.1.254 10.1.1.254
o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 17
reserved
e n
m/
c o
Configuring Tracking Up-link Interface - RTA ei.
a w
h u
g .
in
rn
a
le
VR 1 has the default
/ / Priority value – 100.
t p:
t
h
s :
ce
r
sou T
R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
Configuring Tracking Up-link Interface - RTB ei.
a w
hu
g .
in
r n
a
[RTB-Ethernet0/0]ip address 10.1.1.252 24
le /
:
[RTB-Ethernet0/0]vrrp vrid 1 virtual-ip 10.1.1.254 /
[RTB-Ethernet0/0]vrrp vrid 1 priority p
t t 200
[RTB-Ethernet0/0]vrrp vrid 1 trackhinterface Ethernet 1/0 reduced 150
s :
ce
u r If E1/0 is down,
T
s o the Priority of Virtual Router 1
Re is reduced by 150 to 50.
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 19
reserved
e n
/
Configuring Tracking Up-link Interface－Checkingcom
i .
VRRP State e w
u a
. h
State : Master
n g
Virtual IP : 10.1.1.254
n i
Master IP : 10.1.1.251
PriorityRun : 100
a r
/le
/
p:
TimerRun : 1 s
TimerConfig : 1 s
t t
Auth Type : NONE
h
:
ce The Run Priority is 50

r
State : Backup
Virtual IP : 10.1.1.254
o u if Ethernet1/0Tis down
PriorityRun : 50 s
Master IP : 10.1.1.252
PriorityConfig e
R : 200
Preempt : g
i n YES Delay Time : 0 Tracking Ethernet1/0

n
TimerRun : 1 s
rType : NONE
a
TimerConfig : 1 s
e IF : Ethernet1/0 Priority reduced : 150

Auth
LTrack
o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 20
reserved
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
 Why is VRRP needed ？
. h
 What is VRRP？ g n
n i
 r
How can a Virtual Router be identified？
a
 How is the Master elected？ l e
/
/ values？

:
What are the special priority
p Router configured？
 How is a Single Virtual
t t
 How are MultiplehVirtual Routers configured？
s :tracking of an up-link
 How does the
c e
interfacersupport VRRP operation?
o u T
s
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
www.huawei.comp :
t t
h
s :
ce
u r
so T
R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
HDLC Principles and ear
/ l
Configuration :/
t p
ht
s :
ce www.huawei.com
ur
s o
Re
n g
i
rn
T
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
l
This section describese the principles and
/
configuration for/High-level Data Link Control.
p :
t t
HDLC ish an ISO based Data link layer
s : standard. It is used to encapsulate
protocol
ce on over serial links.
ur
data
s o
Re T
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
expect to:
/ le
:
 Develop an understanding ofpthe
/
HDLC frame structure ht
t
s : to
 Acquire the skills necessary
configure HDLCrc
e
o u
e s T
R
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
le
// Data
Chapter 1 Protocol Overview and
:
t p
Encapsulation
ht
s :
ce
Chapter 2 Configuration
u r of HDLC
s o
R e T
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Overview of the HDLC Protocol i .
we
u a
. h
g
n
i
nis a bit-based line
 High-level Data Link Control, HDLC for short,
a r
protocol.
l e
/
/ protocol suite run on the
 All the protocols of the standard HDLC
p :
t
ht
synchronous serial link.
s :
ce
u r
s o
R e T
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Structure of the HDLC Frame i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Flag l e Flag
01111110
Address Control
/ /
Information FCS
01111110
tp:
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re T
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Types of HDLC Frame i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
le
 Information frame (I frame)
/ /
t p:
 Supervisory (S frame)
ht
s :
ce frame)
 Unnumbered frame
u r (U
s o
Re T
n g
n i
ar
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
le
// Data
Chapter 1 Protocol Overview and
:
t p
Encapsulation
ht
s :
ce
Chapter 2 Configuration
u r of HDLC
s o
R e T
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Basic Configuration of HDLC i .
we
u a
. h
[RTA]interface Serial 0/0/1
n g
[RTA-Serial0/0/1]link-protocol hdlc
n i
[RTA-Serial0/0/1]ip address 10.1.1.1 30
a r
/ le
/
S0/0/1
t p:S0/0/1
RTA
HDLC
ht RTB
10.1.1.2/30
10.1.1.1/30
s :
ce
u r
s o [RTB]interface Serial 0/0/1
Re T
[RTB-Serial0/0/1]link-protocol hdlc
[RTB-Serial0/0/1]ip address 10.1.1.2 30
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Validation i .
we
u a
. h
S0/0/1
HDLC
S0/0/1
ng
RTA n i RTB
10.1.1.1/30 10.1.1.2/30
a r
/ le
[RTA]ping 10.1.1.2
/
t p:
ht
s :
ce
u r
o
s ---
R e
--- 10.1.1.2 ping statistics
5 packet(s) transmitted
T
n g
5 packet(s) received
n
0.00% packeti loss
a r
round-trip min/avg/max = 31/31/31 ms
L e
o
e n
m/
c o
Configuration of IP Address Borrowing i .
we
u a
[RTA-LoopBack0]ip address 10.1.1.1 32 . h
[RTA]interface Serial 0/0/1 n g
[RTA-Serial0/0/1]link-protocol hdlc n i
a r
[RTA-Serial0/0/1]ip address unnumbered interface LoopBack 0
[RTA]ip route-static 10.1.1.0 24 Serial 0/0/1
/ le
/
10.1.1.1/32
t p:
Loop0
ht
s :
S0/0/1 e HDLC S0/0/1
RTA r c RTB
o u 10.1.1.2/24
Res T
g
[RTB]interface Serial 0/0/1
i n [RTB-Serial0/0/1]link-protocol hdlc
r n [RTB-Serial0/0/1]ip address 10.1.1.2 24

a
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Validation i .
we
u a
10.1.1.1/32
. h
Loop0
n g
n i
a r
le
S0/0/1 HDLC S0/0/1
RTA RTB
/ /
10.1.1.2/24
t p:
[RTA]display ip interface brief
ht
*down: administratively down
s :
(l): loopback
ce
(s): spoofing
u r
Interface
s o IP Address/Mask Physical Protocol
LoopBack0 Re 10.1.1.1/32
T up up(s)
NULL0
n g unassigned up up(s)
i
rn
Serial1/0/0 10.1.1.1/32 up up
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Validation i .
we
u a
. h
n g
[RTA]ping 10.1.1.2
n i
a r
Reply from 10.1.1.2: bytes=56 Sequence=1 ttl=255 etime=31 ms
/ l time=1 ms
: /
Reply from 10.1.1.2: bytes=56 Sequence=2 ttl=255
Reply from 10.1.1.2: bytes=56 Sequence=3pttl=255 time=1 ms
t t ttl=255 time=1 ms
h
Reply from 10.1.1.2: bytes=56 Sequence=4
:
--- 10.1.1.2 ping statistics --- s
5 packet(s) transmitted r c e
5 packet(s) received o
u
0.00% packet loss e
s T
R = 1/13/31 ms
g
round-trip min/avg/max
n
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
 What is HDLC?
/ le
/
: is
p
 The HDLC frame structure
t fields?
comprised of which
ht
s :
ce
u r
s o
R e T
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
p :
t t
h
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
u r
so
Re
n g
i T
arn
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
PPP Principle and ear
/ l
Configuration :/
t p
ht
s :
ce www.huawei.com
ur
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
L e
e All rights
or
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
reserved
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
le
This section will introduce the principles
/ /
and configuration surrounding the Point-
p:
to-Point Protocol.
t
ht
s :
PPP provides a standard method for
ce
transporting multi-protocol datagrams
ur
s o over point-to-point links. It is a widely
Re used point-to-point data link layer based
n g communication protocol.T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
Upon completion of this section, you shouldrn
i
ea
expect to:
/ l
 Develop an understanding main :/ PPP
t p
protocol principles ht
s : basic
 Acquire skills to support
c e
configuration r
o u of PPP
s
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 Protocol Overview and Data l e
/ /
p :
Encapsulation
t t
h
Chapter 2 Link Control Protocol s :
ce
u r
s o
Chapter 3 PPP Authentication Protocol
e
R Control Protocol
n g
Chapter 4 Network T
n i
a r
Le
o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 4
reserved
e n
m/
c o
The Position of PPP in TCP/IP Stack i .
we
u a
HTTP FTP TFTP SNMP . h
gn
n i
a r
e
lUDP
TCP
/ /
t p:
ht
s : IP
ce
r
u
s o
Ethernet
R e FR PPP
n g T
ni
ar BIT
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
The Three Components of PPP i .
we
u a
. h
g
Name in
Function
n
a r
Datagram encapsulation Define the method lofe encapsulating multi-
/ /
method protocol datagram
p :
t t
h method of establishing,
Define the
s : and testing the data-link
Link Control Protocol
e
configuring,
c
u rconnection
s o
Re Define a set of protocols for establishing
Network Control n gProtocol connection and negotiatingT parameters for
n i
a r different network-layer protocols
Le
o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 6
reserved
e n
m/
c o
PPP Frame i .
we
u a
. h
Protocol（2 Bytes） Information
n g
Padding (optional)
n i
a r
l e total length
maximal
/ / MRU
Protocol example
t p:
ht
0x0021
s : datagram
IP Padding (optional)
ce
ur
0xc021
s o LCP Padding (optional)
Re
n g IP control protocol T
n
0x8021i Padding (optional)
a r （IPCP）
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
Transmit PPP Datagram over Serial Link i .
we
u a
. h
Follow HDLC
n gFollow HDLC
standard
n i standard
a r
/ le
Flag Address Control
PPP /
: frame
FCS Flag
01111110 11111111 00000011
t p 16 bits 01111110
ht
s :
ce
ur
o
Protocol（2 Bytes） Information Padding (optional)
s
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
Basic Configuration of PPP over Serial Link ei.
w a
h u
[RTA]interface Serial 1/0
g .
[RTA-Serial1/0]link-protocol ppp
in
[RTA-Serial1/0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30
rn
a
/ le
/
t p:
RTA
S1/0 PPP
ht S1/0
RTB
10.1.1.2/30
10.1.1.1/30
s :
ce
ur
s o [RTB]interface Serial 1/0
Re
[RTB-Serial1/0]link-protocol ppp
[RTB-Serial1/0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ /
p :
Encapsulation
t t
h
ce
u r
s o
e
R Control Protocol
n g
Chapter 4 Network T
n i
a r
Le
o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 10
reserved
e n
m/
c o
i
Summary of Messages Used by LCP Negotiation.
e w
u a
. h
Functionn g
Message Type
n i
ar
e
Include the parameters for link establishment
l
Configure-Request
/
and link configuration
/
p: once all Configure-Request
Confirmationtsent
Configure-Ack
hthave been validated
parameters
s:
The eparameters included in Configure-
Configure-Nak
r c are recognized but not all accepted
Request
u
o The parameters included in Configure-
e s
Configure-Reject R Request from the peer are not all recognized
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
LCP Link Parameters Negotiation－Successfuli .
e w
u a
. h
n g
S1/0 PPP S1/0
n i
RTA 10.1.1.1/30 10.1.1.2/30
a r RTB
/ le
/
p:
Configure-Request
t t
h
s :
Configure-Ack
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
i .
LCP Link Parameters Negotiation －Unsuccessful
e w
u a
. h
n g
S1/0 PPP S1/0
n i
RTA 10.1.1.1/30 10.1.1.2/30
a r RTB
/ le
/
p:
Configure-Request
t t
h
:
Configure-Nak
s
ce
r
Configure-Request (modify
u parameter value)
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
LCP Link Parameters Negotiation － c o
i .
Parameters Can Not Be Identified we
u a
. h
n g
S1/0 PPP S1/0
n i
RTA 10.1.1.1/30 10.1.1.2/30
a r RTB
/ le
/
p:
Configure-Request
t t
h
:
Configure-Reject
s
ce
Configure-Request (delete some
u r parameters)
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
/ m
Common Link Parameters of LCP Negotiation .c o
e i
a w Default
Parameter Function Rule
h u
Use the smaller.one of
Maximum
The total length of Information
n g
receiving unit and Padding field PPP frame the two
peers
n i
values set by 1500
MRU
a r
mustle
The authenticated device
/
Authentication Authentication protocol used by authentication/ support the
protocol No
protocol the peer
p :used by the authenticator, authentication
t otherwise the negotiation
ht will be unsuccessful
s : One peer supports, but

e
c link loop support,
Magic-Number is generated
randomly, used r for
the other peer does not
then no loop
o u
detection, if the Magic-Number exists and negotiation is
Magic-Number in LCP packet
s received
same withe the local Magic-
is the successful;
both support
the two peers
it, then loop
Enable
Number,R then loop exists. detection mechanism will

n g be used forT loop
n i detection.
a r
L e
o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 15
reserved
e n
m/
c o
LCP Closes Connection i .
we
u a
. h
n g
S1/0 PPP S1/0
n i
RTA 10.1.1.1/30 10.1.1.2/30
a r RTB
/ le
/
p:
Terminate-Request
t t
h
s :
Terminate-Ack
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
LCP Detects Link State i .
we
u a
. h
n g
S1/0 PPP S1/0
n i
RTA 10.1.1.1/30 10.1.1.2/30
a r RTB
/ le
/
p:
Echo-Request
t t
h
s :
Echo-Reply
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ /
p :
Encapsulation
t t
h
ce
u r
s o
e
R Control Protocol
n g
Chapter 4 Network T
n i
a r
Le
o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 19
reserved
e n
m/
c o
PAP Authentication Mode---Configuration i .
we
u a
[RTA]aaa
. h
[RTA-aaa]local-user huawei password simple hello
n g
[RTA-aaa]local-user huawei service-type ppp
n i
r
[RTA]interface Serial 0
[RTA-Serial0]link-protocol ppp
a
[RTA-Serial0]ppp authentication-mode pap
/ le
[RTA-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30
/
Authenticator t p: Authenticated
ht
S0 PPP S0
RTA s : RTB
e
10.1.1.1/30
c
10.1.1.2/30
r
Username = "huawei"
u
s o Password="hello"
R e
g
[RTB]interface Serial 0
n[RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp T
n i
r
[RTB-Serial0]ppp pap local-user huawei password simple hello
e a [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30

L
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
PAP Authentication Mode---Principle i .
e w
u
Authenticateda
Authenticator
. h
S0 PPP S0 g
n RTB
RTA 10.1.1.1/30 10.1.1.2/30 ni
Username = "huawei" ar
Password="hello"l
e
/ /
p :
t
Authenticate-Request
t
Check whether Send user namehand password by plain text
the user name
s :
and password are
ce
Authenticate-Ack/Authenticate/Nak
correct or not u r
Authenticate successfully/ unsuccessfully
s o
Re
n g T
n i
a r
Le
o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 22
reserved
e n
m/
c o
CHAP Authentication Mode---Configuration ei.
w a
[RTA]aaa
h u
[RTA-aaa]local-user huawei password cipher hello
g .
[RTA-aaa]local-user huawei service-type ppp
in
[RTA]interface Serial 0
rn
a
[RTA-Serial0]ppp authentication-mode chap
/ le
/
t p: Authenticated
Authenticator
ht
S0
s : PPP S0
RTA
e
10.1.1.1/30
c
10.1.1.2/30 RTB
urUsername = "huawei"
s o Password="hello"
Re
g
i n T
[RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp
r n [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap user huawei
a [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello
Le
[RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
CHAP Authentication Mode---Principle i .
we
Authenticated u a
Authenticator
. h
S0 PPP S0
n g
RTA 10.1.1.1/30 10.1.1.2/30 n i RTB
a r
le
Username = "huawei"
Password="hello"
/ /
p :
t t
Challenge Use the password
Use the password and
h and MD5 algorithm to
MDS algorithm to
s : encrypt the challenge
encrypt the challenge
ce Response
message
message, and compare
u r
it with the received
s o
Re
Sucess/Failure
encrypted message
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ /
p :
Encapsulation
t t
h
ce
u r
s o
e
R Control Protocol
n g
Chapter 4 Network T
n i
a r
Le
o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 27
reserved
e n
m/
c o
Common NCP Overview i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Protocol
l
Function e
/ /
p :
t
Used for negotiating IP
IPCP ht and makes PPP can
parameters,
s : IP packets.
transmit
e for negotiating MPLS
cUsed
u r parameters, and makes PPP
MPLSCP
so
R e transmit MPLS packets.
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
i .
Use IPCP to Negotiate IP Address－Static Configuration
e w
u a
. h
n g
n i
S0 PPP S0
a r
le
RTA 10.1.1.1/30 10.1.1.2/30 RTB
/ /
p :
t
Configure-Request（10.1.1.1）
t
h
s :
Configure-Ack
ce
u r
o
s
Re
n g Configure-Ack T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
i .
Use IPCP to Negotiate IP Address－Static Configuration
e w
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
S0 PPP
l
S0 e
RTA 10.1.1.1/30 / /
10.1.1.2/30 RTB
p :
t t
[RTB]display ip routing-table h
s :Routes : 5
Destinations : 5
ce
Proto r Pre Cost
Destination/Mask
u
o 0 0
NextHop Interface
e s
10.1.1.0/30 Direct
10.1.1.1/32 R Direct 0 0
10.1.1.2
10.1.1.1
Serial0
Serial0
n g Direct 0 0
10.1.1.2/32 Direct 0 0 127.0.0.1
T InLoopBack0
n i
127.0.0.0/8
127.0.0.1/32 Direct 0 0
127.0.0.1
127.0.0.1
InLoopBack0
InLoopBack0
a r
Le
o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 30
reserved
e n
m/
c o
i .
Use IPCP to Negotiate IP Address －Dynamic Negotiation
e w
u a
S0 PPP S0 . h
RTA Request for 10.1.1.2/30 n g RTB
n i
assignment
a r
le
/ /
p :
Configure-Nak（10.1.1.1）
t t
h
s :
ceConfigure-Ack
u r
s o
ReConfigure-Request（10.1.1.2）
n g T
i
rn
Configure-Ack
e a
L
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
i .
Use IPCP to Negotiate IP Address－Dynamic Negotiation
e w
u a
. h
n g
[RTA]interface Serial 0 i
n address 10.1.1.2 30
[RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp
r
[RTB-Serial0]ip
a
[RTA-Serial0]ip address ppp-negotiate
e
[RTB-Serial0]remote
l
address 10.1.1.1
/ /
S0 PPP p: S0
RTA t
Request for t 10.1.1.2/30 RTB
h
assignment
s :
ce
u r
[RTA]display ip routing-table
Destinations : o4
s
Destination/Mask ReProto Pre Cost
Routes : 4
NextHop Interface
n
10.1.1.1/32g Direct 0 0 T
n i
10.1.1.2/32 Direct 0 0 10.1.1.2 Serial0
a r
Le

o
All rights
HUAWEI Pa ge 32
reserved
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
gn
 n i
What are the components in PPP?
r
Which packets can be used e toanegotiate link

/ l
parameters in LCP?
:/
t p
How many packettexchanges are necessary for

h
CHAP? e s :
r c
u
Whatodo the main IPCP parameters negotiate?

e s
R
n g T
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
All rights
reserved
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
www.huawei.comp :
t t
h
s :
ce
u r
so
R e T
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
FR Principles and ear
/ l
Configuration :/
t p
ht
s :
ce www.huawei.com
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
T
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Frame relay is ae connection-oriented
T/l
: /
technology operating at the data link
isp used for LAN and WAN
layer. It t
ht over public or private
connection
s :
networks.
ce
r
u
o Frame
es
relay is a simplified version of
R the X.25 WAN protocol.
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
expect to: T/le
:/
p
 Understand FR protocol principles
t
ht to
 Acquire sufficient knowledge
:
configure Frame sRelay
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
ar
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
T/le
:/
Chapter 1 FR Overview
t p
ht
s:
Chapter 2 FR Configuration
e
r c
o u
s
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Overview of Frame Relay i .
we
u a
 FR is a fast packet switching technology that transfers and . h
n g
i
switches data unit with simplified mode at data link layer.
n
a r
T/le
 FR adopts virtual circuit technology.
:/
tp
LAN
ht
s :
ce FR LAN
ur
LAN
s o
Re
ng
LAN
Virtual circuit
n i
a r
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
FR Encapsulation Relative to OSI RM i .
we
u a
. h
 FR is allocated at layer 2 of OSI RM.
n g
n i
a r
Application layer T/le
:/
Representation layer
t p
Session layer
ht IP, IPX
Transport layer
s :
Network layer c
e Frame Relay
u r
s o
Data link layer
Relayer
FR IP Packet FR
Physical
n g
rni
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
FR Features i .
we
u a
. h
 Data is transmitted as frames.
ng
n i
a
 Bandwidth multiplexing and dynamic bandwidth allocation r
T/le
 As a type of simplified x.25 WAN protocol,
:/ it completes statistical
t p
multiplexing, transparent transmission
ht of frames and error detection at
s : retransmission function.
data link layer, but doesn’t provide
ce
u r
s o
 It provides a set of bandwidth management and congestion
R e
prevention mechanisms
n g
 FR adopts n ithe connection-oriented switching technology, and
a r
Le SVC and PVC service.
provides
o
e n
m/
c o
FR Network i .
we
u a
. h
DCE DCE
n g
DTE
n i
a r
T/le
LAN FR LAN
:/ DTE
p
t DCE
ht
s :
ce
u
 DTE Data Terminal Equipmentr
s o
e
 DCE Data Circuit-terminating Equipment
 DLCI Data Link R
n g Connection Identifier
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
FR Interface Types i .
we
u a
. h
n g
DCE NNI
n i
a r
LAN DTE FR
l
NNIe LAN
NNI / T
:/ DTE
t p
htNNI
DCE
s :
ce
r
u
 DTE Data Terminal Equipment
s o
R e
 DCE Data Circuit-terminating Equipment
g
 NNI Network-to-Network Interface
n
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Virtual Circuit i .
we
u a
. h
DCE DCE
n g
DTE
n i
DTE
a r
T/le
LAN FR LAN
:/
t p
ht DCE
virtual circuit
s :
ce
ur
s o
 PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit
Re
 SVC Switched Virtual Circuit
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Allocation of FR DLCI i .
we
u a
. h
n g
DCE DCE
n i
a r DTE
T/le LAN
FR
:/
LAN DTE
t p
ht
s :
ce
ur DCE
s o
R e
 DLCI is allocated by FR network service provider
 The DLCI is g only applicable locally
Mapping i
n

r n of peer’s network address to DLCI
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
LMI i .
we
u a
. h
 LMI - Local Management Interface The LMI is used
n g to monitor the
n i
status of a PVC.
a r
T/le
:/
t p
ANSI
ht T1.617 Annex D
ITU-T es
:
(CCITT) r c Q.933 Annex A
o u
s
Re Nonstandard
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Topology of FR Network i .
w e
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
T/le
:/
t p
ht
s:
star
Full-meshed
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
i
arn Partial-meshed
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
FR Address Mapping i .
ew
u a
DLCI 48
Network Address
. h
172.16.11.3 ng
n i
a r
T/le
172.16.11.2
/ 172.16.11.3
t p:
Token
t
Ring FramehRelay switch
s :
r ce
o u
e s
R
 FR address mapping (MAP) associates the protocol address (IP or IPX
g
address) with the local DLCI.
n
n i
r
 The Address Mapping table can either be manually configured or
a
Le
dynamically maintained through Inverse ARP.
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Inverse ARP Protocol i .
we
u a
. h
g
n
RTA DLCI 48 FR DLCI 66
n i RTB
172.16.11.2 r
172.16.11.3
a
T/le
DCE DCE
:/
Switch notify DLCI 48t p
ht
s : Switch notify DLCI 66
ce
u r to DCLI 66
o
RTA notify IP 172.16.11.2
s
Re RTB notify IP 172.16.11.3 to DLCI 48
n g
n i
 Inverse ARP
a r discovers network address of a destination router
L e
dynamically.

o
e n
m/
c o
Frame Relay & Split Horizon Issues i .
we
u a
. h
n g
Router B
i
Router Bnforwards routing
a rinformation to
e C via serial0 of
update
lRouter
T/Router
/
p:
A
t t
DLCI 16 to C h
s:
S0
ce
r
ou
Router C Router A
e s
R
n g
i
rn
Router D
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
FR Sub-interface i .
we
u a
Router B . h
ng
n i
a r
T/le
:/ S0.1
Subnet2
t p
ht S0.2
s : S0.3
Router C
ce Router A
u r
s o
Re
ing Router D
r n
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
T/le
:/
Chapter 1 FR Overview
t p
ht
s:
Chapter 2 FR Configuration
e
r c
o u
s
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Configuration - Inverse ARP i .
we
u a
. h
g
[RTA-Serial0]link-protocol fr ietf
[RTA-Serial0]fr interface-type dce
in
[RTA-Serial0]fr dlci 100
r n
[RTA-fr-dlci-Serial0-100]quit
a
T/le
[RTA-Serial0]fr inarp
:/
FRp
S0 t S0
RTA ht 10.1.1.2/30
10.1.1.1/30 RTB
s :
ce [RTA-Serial0]link-protocol fr ietf
u r [RTB-Serial0]fr interface-type dte
so
R e [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30
[RTB-Serial0]fr inarp
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Validate the Result of Configuration i .
w e
u a
S0 FR S0
. hRTB
RTA 10.1.1.1/30 10.1.1.2/30
ng
n i
a r
[RTA]display fr interface T/le
Serial0, DCE, physical up, protocol up /
p :
t t
[RTB]display interface Serial0
h
Line protocol current state s:: UP
Serial0 current state : UP
ce: 2012-08-02 09:50:24

Last line protocol up time
r
Description:HUAWEI, ARuSeries,
s o Transmit Unit is 1500, Hold timer is
Serial0 Interface
10(sec) R e
Route Port,The Maximum
n
Internet Addressg is 10.1.1.2/30
i
Link layer protocol is FR IETF
LMI DLCIn is 0, LMI type is Q.933a, frame relay DTE---- More (
a r to break ) ----
Le
Press 'Q'

o
e n
m/
c o
Basic Configuration – Static Address Mappingei.
a w
[RTA-Serial0]link-protocol fr ietf
h u
[RTA-Serial0]fr interface-type dce
g .
[RTA-Serial0]fr dlci 100
in
[RTA-fr-dlci-Serial0-100]quit
r n
a
T/le
[RTA-Serial0]undo fr inarp
[RTA-Serial0]fr map ip 10.1.1.2 100
:/
S0 t
FR p S0
RTA ht 10.1.1.2/30
10.1.1.1/30 RTB
s :
ce [RTB-Serial0]link-protocol fr ietf
u r [RTB-Serial0]fr interface-type dte
so
R e [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30
[RTB-Serial0]undo fr inarp
n g [RTB-Serial0]fr map ip 10.1.1.1 100
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
w e
u a
. h
n g
n i
S0 FR S0
a r
RTA 10.1.1.1/30 le
10.1.1.2/30
T /
RTB
/
tp:
ht
[RTB]display fr map-info
s :
ce Serial0 (DTE)
r Serial0
Map Statistics for interface
o
DLCI = 100, IP 10.1.1.1,u
e s
create time = 2007/06/04 16:45:10, status = ACTIVE
encapsulationR = ietf, vlink = 9
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
we
u a
FR
. h
S0 S0
ng
RTA 10.1.1.1/30 10.1.1.2/30 n i RTB
a r
T/le
DCE DTE
[RTB-Serial0]ping 10.1.1.1
: /
PING 10.1.1.1: 56 data bytes, press
t p CTRL_C to break
Reply from 10.1.1.1: bytes=56tSequence=1 ttl=255 time=31 ms
h
: Sequence=3 ttl=255 time=31 ms
s
Reply from 10.1.1.1:rc
e
Reply from 10.1.1.1: bytes=56
u bytes=56 Sequence=5 ttl=255 time=31 ms

bytes=56 Sequence=4 ttl=255 time=31 ms
o
sstatistics ---
Reply from 10.1.1.1:
R
--- 10.1.1.1 ping e
g received
5 packet(s) transmitted
n
i
5 packet(s)
0.00% n
a r packet loss
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Configuration of Switching Static Routing i .
we
u a
. h
ng
RTA FR RTC n i
S0 S0 RTB r
S2 a S0
S0 RTD
T/le
S2
10.1.1.0/30 10.1.1.2/30
DLCI 100 DLCI 200 / DLCI 300
dce nni p :nni dce dte
dte t
ht
s :
[RTA]interface Serial0
[RTA-Serial0]link-protocol cfr e ietf
u r dte
o 10.1.1.1 30
[RTA-Serial0]fr interface-type
s
Re
[RTA-Serial0]ip address
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Configuration of Switching Static Routing i .
we
u a
. h
FR n g
RTA
S0 S0
RTB RTC
n i S0 RTD
10.1.1.1/30
S2 S2
a r S0
10.1.1.2/30
DLCI 200 T l
e
DLCI 100
dce nni / /
nni
DLCI 300
dte
p : dce dte
t t
h
:
[RTD]interface Serial0
s
ce
[RTD-Serial0]link-protocol fr ietf
u r
[RTD-Serial0]fr interface-type dte
s o
[RTD-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30
R e
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
we
u a
. h
RTA
S0 S0
RTB FR RTC
n g S0 RTD
S2 S2
n i
S0
10.1.1.2/30
10.1.1.1/30
a r DLCI 300
T/le dce
DLCI 100 DLCI 200
dte dce nni nni dte
:/
t p
[RTA]dis fr map-info
Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE) ht
s :
DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0
e
create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE
c
r
encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast
u
o
s map-info
R e
[RTD]dis fr
Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE)
n g = 300, IP INARP 10.1.1.1, Serial0
DLCI
n i create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE

ar encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 1, broadcast
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
 How many modes does le FR
T/the
interface have?
: /
t p
ht of FR DLCI?
 What’s the meaning
s : circuit established?
 How is a virtual
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank You l e
/ /
t p:
T
ht
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Firewall Product Basics l e
/ /
p :
t t
h
s :
ce www.huawei.com
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
This section mainly introduces the
/ le
development history of firewall technology
/
p:
of the USG series firewall products.
t
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
expect to:
/le
 Gain knowledge of the development :/
t p
history of firewall technology
ht
 Acquire knowledge of the
s : capability and
c
features, architecture e and performance
u r firewall
o
of the USG series
s
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 Development of Firewall
/ le
/
Technology
t p:
ht
:
Chapter 2 USG Series Product
s
e
urc
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
The Firewall i .
we
u a
.
 A firewall is a device located between two networks with different h
n g
i
trust degrees (enterprise internal network and Internet), that will
n
a r
police the communication flow between the two networks; with the
/ le
help of implementing uniform security policies. It avoids illegal use
/
p:
and unauthorized access to important resources in order to
t
ensure network integrity is maintained.
ht
:
 Firewall = hardware+software+control policy
s
ce
 Loose control policy
ur
s o
− permits all, selective
R e restriction
 Strict control
n g policy
n i all, selective permission
− restricts
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Firewall Technology－ Firewall Classification ei.
a w
h u
g .
 Firewall can be classified into several kinds according to thein
rn
implement methods: a
 Packet Filtering firewall / le
/
 Proxy firewall tp:
ht
 State detection firewall
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Packet Filtering Firewall i .
we
u a
. h
The packet from
n g
192.110.10.0/24
n i
permitted
a r
Internal network
/le
/
t p:Internet
ht
s : Local office
ce Packet from
r
u ACL rule 202.110.10.0/24
s o rejected Unauthorized user
Re
Headquarters of company
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Proxy Firewall i .
w e
u a
. h
n g
WWW、FTP、 n i
Email……proxy
a r
/ le
Send request /
Forward request
t p:
Forward response ht Request response
Internet
Client s :
ce
ur
s o
Re Security policy,
n g audit supervise,
n i alarm
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
State Firewall i .
w e
u a
. h
n g
①User A initiates Telnet session
n i
a r
②Firewall creates Session l e Telnet packet is blocked
Other
item
/ /
p : Other users
t t
h
Protected External
network network
User A
s :
e of
The Telnet session replycpacket
u r
user A is permitted target server
s o ③Firewall matches Session

Re item packet
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
/ m
The Function of a Firewall in a Security System.c o
e i
a w
reinforced house
h u
Door Monitor Intrusion
g . transmission
System reinforce, Security
Firewall detection system immunity ni
n Encryption, VPN
a r
l e
/ /
p :
t t
h
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g Forbidden system Guard
Monitor
n i
a r
Security management center
Identity authentication Scanner,
L e access control Security hole detection

o
e n
m/
c o
Firewall Limitations i .
we
u a
. h
 A firewall is not a total security solution, and cannot solve all the problems
n g
i
of network security, it is only one part of a network security policy.
n
 Defends from external threats, not internal a r
/ le
/
 Balance should be ensured between depth detection and forwarding
t p:
performance
ht
:
 When using end-to-end encryption, such as with VPN, firewalls are
s
ce traffic;
unable to analyze therinbound
o u
 The firewall itselfe screates a performance bottleneck, through various
R
means, for g example: anti-attack ability, session limitation.
i n
r n
a
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
le
Chapter 1 Development of Firewall
/ /
p:
Technology
t t
h
Chapter 2 USG Series Product
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Huawei USG Series Products i .
w e
a
u USG5150
h
g.
USG5120,
USG2205
in
n
USG2210, USG2230
r
USG2130, USG2130W
a
USG2250, USG2260
USG2160, USG2160W
/ le
/
USG2110 p:
t enterprise
Enterprise
t
h headquarters
Small headquarters
Large branch
Office
s :
ce
Small branch
Large branch
Remote site
ur
Office
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
USG2110 Fixed Model i .
we
 2WAN+8FE (desktop model)
u a
Fixed configuration . h

n g
 Performance
n i
Firewall throughput (large packets): 150 a r
le

Mbit/s
Number of concurrent connections: 100,000 / /
p:

 Features
t t
 Basic firewall/VPN functions h
PPPoA/DDNS/TR069 s :
e

 SOHO users (1U to 20U) r c

u
o Model
s Description
ReUSG2110-F 2FE+8FE, 1USB
g USG2110-F-W
n USG2110-A-W
2FE+8FE, 1USB, WiFi
n i 1FE, 1ADSL+8FE, 1USB, WiFi
a r USG2110-A-GW-C 1FE, 1ADSL+8FE, 1USB, WiFi, 3G-CDMA2000
L e USG2110-A-GW-W 1FE, 1ADSL+8FE, 1USB, WiFi, 3G-WCDMA
eTECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD..

USG2110-A-GW-T 1FE, 1ADSL+8FE, 1USB, WiFi, 3G-TD-SCDMA
or
HUAWEI All rights reserved
e n
m /
c o
USG2100 Series
i .
w e
 1FE+8FE (chassis model)
u a
 1/2 x extended slot (USG2130/2160) . h
Serial/E1/ADSL2+/FE/GE/3G/G.SHDS ng
i

L
rn
Built-in WiFi (-W models) a
le

 Complete UTM features (license

/ /
p:
control)
 IPS/Antivirus/Anti-spam/URL filtering
t t
 IPv6 support h
 VPN functions
s :
L2TP/SSL/IPSec/MPLS/GRE ce
r

 Performance
o u Model Description
s
Re
 Firewall throughput (large packets): USG2130 1FE+8FE, 1USB.1MIC
200 Mbit/s
g
USG2130-W 1FE+8FE, 1USB.1MIC, WiFi

i n
Number of concurrent connections: USG2160 1FE+8FE, 1USB.2MIC
200,000
r n USG2160-W 1FE+8FE, 1USB.2MIC, WiFi
a
Small branch users (30 U to 100 U)
Le

r e
o
e n
m/
USG5120 c o
i .
 2GE+2GE Combo (chassis model) w e
4MIC+2FIC+2DFIC expansion slot u a
h

 FE/GE/Serial/E1/ADSL2+/G.SHDSL/3G/Wi
g .
Fi
in
 Multi-service open platform (X86)
rn
a
le
 Complete UTM features (license control)
/ /
p:
 IPv6 support
 VPN functions
t t
 L2TP/SSL/IPSec/MPLS/GRE h
 Performance s :
ce
Firewall throughput (large packets): 2000
r

Mbit/s
o u
s
Number of concurrent connections: Model Description
Re

1 million USG5120
2GE+2GE Combo,
2USB.4MIC+2FIC+2DFIC
 DC power model
n g 2GE+2GE Combo,

n i
Medium-sized enterprise users (500U to USG5120- 2USB.4MIC+2FIC+2DFIC, DC
r
DC
700U) power supply
a
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
USG5150 i .
we
u a
 4GE Combo (chassis model)
. h
 4MIC+2FIC+4DFIC expansion slot
n g
 FE/GE/Serial/E1/ADSL2+/G.SHDSL/3G/Wi
n i
Fi
a r
le
 Multi-service open platform (X86)
 Complete UTM features (license control)
/ /
p:
 IPv6 support
t t
 VPN functions h
 L2TP/SSL/IPSec/MPLS/GRE
s :
Performance
ce
u
Firewall throughput (largerpackets): 4000
o

Mbit/s
s
e connections: 2 million USG5150
Model Description


R
Number of concurrent
1+1 redundant gpower supply
4GE Combo,
2USB.4MIC+2FIC+4DFIC
Medium-sized i nenterprise users (800U to USG5150- 4GE Combo,
1000U) rn
 2USB.4MIC+2FIC+4DFIC,
DC
DC power supply
e a
L
o
e n
Application Scenario of Enterprise Security m /
c o
Protection .
ei w
u a
. h
ng
n i
USG5150
a r
le
USG5120
/ /
p:
Enterprise Enterprise
partner
t t headquarters
Internet h USG2200
s :
USG2200
ce
ur
VPNs o USG2100
Re
VPN
Regional office
n g
Enterprise n i
branch a r Remote site
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
l e are there,

/
How many variations of firewall
/
and what features do they
p : support?
t tup the USG firewall
 Which models make h
series?
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank you l e
/ /
p :
t t
h
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
u r
so
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
USG Basic Function andear
/ l
Configuration :/
t p
ht
T
s :
ce www.huawei.com
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
This section will introduce the modes of
/ le
operation for the USG firewall, as well
/
p:
as security area concepts, Access
t
Control
ht Lists, Network Address
:
Translation etc, used to enhance the
s
ce
defense capability of the firewall
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
expect to :
/le
 Build an understanding of security
/
: areas
t p
 Understand the operational t
h modes of a
firewall s :
ce
u r
 Acquire the knowledge to explain and
s
configure ACL o & NAT
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Chapter 1 Security Zones
/ le
/
p:
tt
Chapter 2 Modes of Operation
h
s :
Chapter 3 Access Control ce Lists
u r
s o
Chapter 4 NetworkRe Address Translation
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m /
c o
Firewall Security Zone i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r Interface 2
Local Zone
100 / le Trust Zone
/ 85
Zone defined
by user t p:
DMZ Zone ht
s:
50 UnTrust Zone Interface 3
ce 5
r
u 1
s o
Interface Interface 4
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Security Zone Data Flow ---Inter-zone i .
we
u a
inbound
. h
Internal network
n g
n i
outbound
a r
USG
/ le
Trust
Local
/
: External network
E1/0/0
t p
E1/0/2
h t
s : Eth1/0/1 Untrust
outbound
ce outbound
inbound
ur
s o inbound
Re Server
ng
Server
ni
DMZ
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Security Zone Configuration i .
we
u a
. h
[USG2100]firewall zone name userzone
n g
[USG2100-zone-userzone] set priority 60 n i
a r
[USG2100-zone-userzone] add interface
l e Ethernet 0/0/1
/ /
p :
t t
[USG2100]display zone userzone h
s :
userzone
ce
priority is 60 u r
s o
interface of the
Re zone is (1):
Ethernet0/0/1n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Interzone policy configuration i .
we
u a
. h
[USG2100]policy interzone trust untrust inbound
n g
[USG2100-policy-interzone-trust-untrust]policy source any n i
a r
[USG2100-policy-interzone-trust-untrust]action
l e permit
/ /
p :
t t
h
s :
ce
PC
u r PC PC
Trust Zone
s o Untrust Zone
Re
n g USG
n
Serveri Server
a r
Le
Internal network External network

o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
le
/ /
t
Chapter 2 Modes of Operation p:
ht
s :
Chapter 3 Access Control
ce Lists
u r
s o
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Route Mode i .
w e
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
10.110.1.254
/
202.10.0.1
PC
t p: PC PC
Trust Zone
ht Untrust Zone
s :
ce
USG
Server
ur Server
s o
Internal network
Re External network
ng
10.110.1.0/24 202.10.0.0/24
n i
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Transparent Mode i .
w e
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
Trust
PC
t p: PC PC
ht Untrust
s :USG
ce
r
ou
Server Server
es
Internal network 202.10.0.0/24 External network
R
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Composite Mode i .
we
u a
. h
ng
USG（active）
n i
a r
/ le
/
t p:
Trust
PC
t
hVRRP
PC
Untrust
PC
s :
ce
ur
Server s o Server
R e
n g
Internal network USG（standby） External network
n i
a r
202.10.0.0/24 202.10.0.0/24
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
Chapter 1 Security Zones a r
le
/
:/
Chapter 2 Modes of Operation t p
ht
s : Lists
ce
u r
s o Address Translation
Re
Chapter 4 Network
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
ACL Application
i .
 Packet filtering we
u a
. h
 Determine whether to discard or forward packet according to ACL
ng
rule
n i
 NAT a r
/ le
 Determine whether to implement NAT to which packet According
/
to ACL
tp:
 IPSec ht
s :
 Determine whether to protect
c e which packet according to ACL
u r
 QoS
s o What is ACL?
R e
 Classify flow according to ACL
n g Permit
 Routing policy
n i
r
a routes according to ACL Deny
e
 Filter
L
o
e n
m/
c o
ACL Classification
i .
we
u a
 Basic ACL （range: 2000～2999）
. h
ng
 Use of source address to define the data flow
n i
a r
 Advanced ACL （range: 3000～3999）
le /
: /
 Use of source address, destinationpaddress, source port number,
t
destination port number and protocol ht number, combined to define
s :
the data flow.
ce
u r
o
 Firewall ACL （range:5000～5499）
s
R e
 Use of source
n g address, destination address, destination port number
i
n the data flow
r
to define
a
L e
o
e n
m/
ACL Classification c o
i .
we
acl [ number ] acl-number
u a
. h
rule [ rule-id ] { permit | deny } [ source { source-address
n g
source-wildcard | any } ] [ time-range time-name ]
n i
a r
le
rule [ rule-id ] { permit | deny } protocol [ source { source-
/
address source-wildcard | any } ] [ destination { dest-address
/
p:
dest-mask | any } ] [ source-port operator port1 [ port2 ] ]
t
ht
[ destination-port operator port1 [ port2 ] ] [ icmp-type
{ icmp-type icmp-code | icmp-message } ] [ precedence
s :
e
precedence ] [ tos tos ] [ time-range time-name ]
c
r
u Advanced ACL
Firewall ACL
s o Basic ACL
Re
n g
i
Match the route to an acl-number
r n
a
Le Match the route to a rule-id
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
le
/ /
t
Chapter 2 Modes of Operation p:
ht
s :
ce Lists
u r
s o
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
NAT (Network Address Translation) i .
we
u a
. h
 NAT is used to translate IP addresses in IP data packet
n g header
to alternative IP addresses. n i
a r
 NAT can solve the following problems:
l e
/ /
 IP address shortage
p :
t t
h
− Helps reserve public IP addresses
 Security element s :
ce
u r
− Shield private networks
s o
Re
 Enterprise combination
− Easy to n gmerge networks
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
Public and Private Addressing
i .
we
u a
. h
g
192.168.0.2
n
192.168.0.1 n i
a r LAN2
le
LAN1
//
Internet
:
t p
ht
s :
Private address crange:
e 192.168.0.1
u r
s o
10.0.0.0-10.255.255.255
Re
LAN3
172.16.0.0-172.31.255.255
n g
i
192.168.0.0-192.168.255.255
n
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
USG NAT i .
we
u a
Data packet 1
. h
Source 192.168.1.3
ng
destination 202.120.10.2 Data packet 1
n i Server B
PC A source 202.169.10.1
a r 202.120.10.2
le
Destination 202.120.10.2
192.168.1.3
/ /
Trust USG
tp: Untrust
E0/0/0
t
E0/0/0
h202.169.10.1 Internet
192.168.1.1
s : Data packet 2
Data packet 2
ce source 202.120.10.2
u
Source 202.120.10.2r
PC B
s o destination 202.169.10.1
192.168.1.2 e
destination192.168.1.3
R PC C
202.130.10.3
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
m /
USG NAPT c o
i .
we
Data packet 1 Data packet 1
u a
source 192.168.1.3 source 202.169.10.1
. h
Source port 1357 Source port 1357
ng
n i
Data packet 2 Data packet2
a r Server B
le
PC A source 192.168.1.3 source 202.169.10.1 202.120.10.2
192.168.1.3 Source port 2468
/ /
Source port 2468
Trust USG
t p:Untrust
E0/0/0 t
hE0/0/0
s:
Internet
192.168.1.1
ce 202.169.10.1
Data packet3
ur Data packet3
s o
source 192.168.1.1 source 202.169.10.1
Re
Source port 11111 Source port 11111
PC B
PC C
192.168.1.2
n g 202.130.10.3
n i
Data packet4
source 192.168.1.2
Data packet4
a r Source port 11111

source 202.169.10.1
Source port 22222
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
USG Internal Server NAT
i .
we
u a
. h
Internet
n g
Untrust Data packet 1
n i
a r
source 202.168.0,2
Data packet 2
le
source 202.168.0.11
E0/0/1 202.168.0.1/26 Destination destination 202.168.0.2
/ /
202.168.0.11
p
Data: packet 1 Data packet 2
E1/0/0 192.168.1.1/24 ttsource 202.168.0,2
source 192.168.0.101
ALG function h destination destination 202.168.0.2
s
DMZ : 192.168.0.101
202.168.0.11-192.168.1.101
ce
u r
s o
Re
Mail Server
n g Server
Web FTP Server
192.168.1.100/24 i192.168.1.101/24 192.168.1.102/24
r n
e a
L
o
e n
m/
c o
USG NAT Implementation i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
USG
a r
/ le
/
t p:
Private
ht
ACL Public address
address
es:
r c
o u
s
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Internal Server NAT Network i .
we
u a
. h
n g
Internet
n i
r
Untrust
a
202.168.0.1/24 E0/0/1
le
/202.168.0.10-192.168.1.100
/
p: 202.168.0.11:80-192.168.1.101:8080
Internal network E0/0/0
192.168.0.0/24 192.168.0.1/24
t t 202.168.0.12:1021-192.168.1.102:ftp
h E1/0/0
192.168.1.1/24
Trust
s :
ce DMZ
u r
so
Re
n g
i Mail Server
n192.168.1.100/24
Web Server FTP Server
a r 192.168.1.101/24 192.168.1.102/24
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Egress Network NAT Typical Configuration ei.
w a
h u
g .
[USG2100] nat address-group 1 202.168.0.10 202.168.0.20
in
r n Configure address pool
a
le
[USG2100]nat-policy interzone trust untrust outbound
/ /
[USG2100-nat-policy-interzone-trust-untrust-outbound]policy 1
tp:
[USG2100-nat-policy-interzone-trust-untrust-outbound-1]policy
source 192.168.0.0 mask 24
ht
:
[USG2100-nat-policy-interzone-trust-untrust-outbound-1]action
s
source-nat
ce
ur
[USG2100-nat-policy-interzone-trust-untrust-outbound-1]
s o
Re
address-group 1 no-pat
Enable NAT function, bind address pool
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
NAT Server Typical Configuration i .
we
u a
. h
[USG2100]nat server global 202.168.0.10 insideng
i
192.168.1.100
[USG2100]nat server protocol tcp global 202.168.0.11 r n 80 inside
192.168.1.101 8080 e a
/ l 202.168.0.12 1021 inside
[USG2100]nat server protocol tcp global
: /
192.168.1.102 ftp
t p mapping information between global
Configure
h t address and internal server address
[USG2100]policy interzone dmz
s : untrust inbound
ce
[USG2100-policy-interzone-dmz-untrust-inbound]policy 1
u r
o
[USG2100-policy-interzone-dmz-untrust-inbound-1]policy
s
R e
destination 192.168.1.0 mask 24
g
[USG2100-policy-interzone-dmz-untrust-inbound-1]policy service
service-setnftp
n i
a r
[USG2100-policy-interzone-dmz-untrust-inbound-1]action deny
L e
o
e n
m/
c o
NAT Configuration Verification i .
we
u a
. h
[USG2100]display nat-policy all
ng
nat-policy interzone trust untrust outbound
n i
policy 1 (0 times matched)
a r
action source-nat
/ le
/
policy service service-set ip
tp:
policy source 192.168.0.0 mask 24
ht
policy destination any
s :
address-group 1 no-pat
ce
ur
---- More ----
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
NAT Configuration Verification i .
we
u a
. h
g
[USG2100]dis nat address-group
09:16:03 2012/12/16
in
rn
NAT address-group information:
a
number : 1 name l: e---
/: 202.168.0.20
/
p:
startaddr : 202.168.0.10 endaddr
reference : 1
t t
vrrp : ---
h
vpninstance : public
s :
ce
ur If address pool is imported, it
Total 1 address-groups
s o can not be deleted directly.
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n
 Which operational modes does USG support?i
a r
 What are the default USG security
l e zones?
/ / a basic ACL
:
 What is the difference between
p
and an advanced ACL?
t t
h
 Which forms of:NAT does USG support?
e s
r c
o u
e s
R
n g
rni
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Thank you l e
/ /
p :
t t T
h
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
u r
so
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
Huawei NE40E Series ear
/ l
Router Introduction:/
t p
ht
s :
ce www.huawei.com
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
L e
e
or
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
Huawei NetEngine40E Universal Service
le
Router (hereinafter referred to as the
/
/
NE40E) is a high-end router for core and
t p:
backbone networks. The NE40E is
ht
positioned as the edge or convergence
:
router on the IP backbone network.
s
ce
This course introduces NE40E-X16,
ur NE40E-X8 and NE40E-X3’s hardware
s o features.
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
expect to:
/ le
 Describe Positioning of NE40E-X /
: Router
t p
h
 Describe Hardware Architecturet of
NE40E-X Router
s :
ce
u r
 List Boards of NE40E-X Router
s oForwarding Processing of
 Describe Data
R e
g
NE40E-X Router
n
n i Highlights of NE40E-X Router
 Describe
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
Product Positioning of NE40E-X Router
a r
le
//
Hardware Architecture of NE40E-X Router
:
t p
Boards of NE40E-X Router ht
s :
Data Forwarding Processing ce of NE40E-X
Router u r
s o
R e
Highlights of NE40E-X Router
n g
n i
Application
a r Scenario of NE40E-X Router
L e
o
e n
m /
c o
NE router product positioning i .
we
u a
Core Layer
. h
g
(NE40E-X16/X8)
n
n i
a r Distribution Layer
/ le (NE40E-X3)
/
p:
Access Layer
t t
h
s :
ce
ur
s o Access Terminals
Re
n g
 NE40E-X16/X8 targeted at large enterprise network core or IDC export
n
 The NE40E-X3 i targeted at large enterprise network aggregation, or
a r core
SMB network
Le
o
e n
m /
c o
NetEngine Series Router i .
we
u a
. h
Forwarding
n g
NE40E- NE5000E
1600 Capability
i X8/X16
n NE80E
Mpps
a r
le
NE40E-8
400
Mpps / /
NE80 :
NE40E-4
200
Mpps t p
96 ht
Mpps
NE40-8s
: 40G/slot
48
ce 20G/slot
ur
Mpps
NE40-4
s o
24
Mpps
NE20/20E Re
n g
n i 2.5G/slot
Switching
a r Capability
Le 32G 64G 128G 1.28T 2.56T and more
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
NE40E Product Portfolio i .
32U NE40E-X16 w e
u a
. h
n g
n i
14U NE40E-X8
a r
/ le
NE40E-X3
/ NE40E-X3
5U
t p:(AC) (DC)
4U
ht
3U
s :
ce
r30Tbps
ou12.58Tbps
Backbone Bandwidth 15Tbps 1.35Tbps
es
Switching Capability 7.08Tbps 1.08Tbps
Port Capability
R 3.2Tbps 1.6Tbps 240Gbps
Slots n
g
Forwarding Capability 3200Mpps 1600Mpps 300Mpps
n i 16 LPU, 2 MPU, 4 SFU 8 LPU, 2 SRU, 1 SFU 3 LPU, 2 MPU
a r
Power Consumption 6500W 3300W 1100W
L e Weight 267kg 130kg AC: 51kg, DC: 41kg

o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
l e
/ /
p :
Boards of NE40E-X Router t t
h
s :
Data Forwarding Processing
ce of NE40E-X
Router u r
s o
Highlights of NE40E-X Re Router
n g
n iScenario of NE40E-X Router
Application
a r
Le
o
e n
m/
Product overview-the system c o
i .
architecture we
u a
. h
LPU SRU LPU
ng
Monitoring
Monitoring
n i
r
Unit
Monitorin Unit System
a
le
g plane Monitoring
Monitoring
Unit Monitoring The data plane,
/
Unit Unit
management and control
/
p:
plane are separated
t t
h
System
Management
Management Monitoring
Unit The monitoring plane
:
Unit Unit
Managemen and service plane are
t and control
e s Management separated
c
Management
Switch Fabric
plane Unit
r
Unit
Control Unit
o u Distributed Forwarding
s

Forwarding
Re Forwarding
Three-level switch fabric
g
Unit Unit 
Switch Fabric
Data
i n Control Unit
plane
r n
Forwarding
Unit
SFU
Forwarding
Unit
a
LPU LPU
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
Product Positioning of NE40E-X Router r
ea
l
/
/
Boards of NE40E-X Router p:
t
ht
Data Forwarding Processing: of NE40E-X
e s
Router
r c
o u
Highlights of NE40E-X e s Router
R
ng
Application iScenario of NE40E-X Router
r n
e a
L
o
e n
m/
c o
Types of Boards of NE40E-X i .
we
u a
 Main Process Unit . h
ng
 X16: MPU n i
a r
 X8: SRU
/ le
/
 X3: MPU
tp:
 Switch Fabric Unit
ht
 X16: SFUI-200-B s :
ce
 X8: SFUI-200-C ur
s o
Re
 Centralized Monitoring Unit: CMU
n
 Line Processing Unit g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
MPU of NE40E-X16 i .
An MPU consists of the CPU,estorage
module, interface module, a w module,
clock
USB port h u
communication module, monitoring module,
and power module. .
g
Highlights of thenMPU
Slot for a CF Two USB n iports: supporting version
card of up to
a r through USB devices and
downloading
1GB
l
powere supply for USB devices
1588v2 Inside /
CF card with mass storage capacity (up
/ toCompatible
: 1 GB)
tp RJ-45/SMB connector:
with the design of disks
ht
processing
1G/2.5G SFP connector, Stratum-3 clock and 1588 clock;
supporting the
s :
architecture of multi-
supporting input and output of
ce
chassis cascading
2MHz/2Mbps/1PPS clock signals
High performance multi-core CPU
u r The bandwidth of the control bus
s o
RJ-45 connector,
between the MPU and the LPU is
Re
providing clock
increased to 1 Gbit/s.
information and BITS
Providing two 1G or 2.5G SFP
n g clock
interfaces for future expansion into
n i SMB connector, clusters
a r providing clock The architecture is designed to be

compatible with the SFU function on
Le
information and BITS
clock future MPUs.
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
SRU of NE40E-X8 i .
we
a
An SRU consists of the CPU, storage
u
h
module, interface module, clock module,
.
USB
n
and power module.g
communication module, monitoring module,
port
n i
The SRUs of the NE40E-X8 are integrated
a r
with SFUs.
Slot for a
CF card of l e of the SRU
up to 1GB
/ /Two USB ports: supporting version
Highlights
tp: downloading through USB devices and

1588 v2 Inside ht power supply for USB devices
CF card with mass storage capacity
s : (up to 1 GB)
ce Compatible with the design of disks
r
RJ-45 connector,
RJ-45/SMB connector: processing
o u
providing clock
information and BITS Stratum-3 clock and 1588 clock;
s
clock
Re
supporting input and output of
2MHz/2Mbps/1PPS clock signals
n g SMB connector, High performance multi-core CPU
n i providing clock The bandwidth of the control bus
a r information and BITS

clock
between the SRU and the LPU is
Le
increased to 1 Gbit/s.
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
MPU of NE40E-X3 i .
we
u a
. h
ng
i
The MPU of the NE40E-X3 controls and
n
r
manages the system and switches data.
a
/ le
The MPUs work in 1+1 backup mode.
The MPU consists of the main control unit,
/
CF Card
t p:
switching unit, system clock unit,
synchronous clock unit, and system
ht maintenance unit.
s
Eth0: The functions of the MPU are described
ce from the following aspects.
ur
o
Console & AUX
s
RJ-45 connector, Re
providing clock
n g
information and
n i
BITS clock
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
SFU Boards i .
we
u a
. h
Switching Board comprises
n g
i
of CPU module, switching
n
Appearance of the panel
a r
module.
/ le
Mainly responsible for
/ switching data between LPUs.
t p: -X16 has four SFUs that
ht work in 3+1 load balancing
s : mode.
ce B(SFUI-200-B)
Appearance of the Switch Fabric Unit X8 support 2+1 load
u r balancing mode
s o Indicators on panel include
Re ACT indicator, RUN indicator
n g and OFL indicator.
n i
a rof the Switch Fabric Unit C(SFUI-200-C)
Le
Appearance

o
e n
m/
CMU of NE40E System (optional) c o
i .
w e
Indicator
 Extensive environment monitoring functions
Alarm detection of the smoke sensor :Supports u
a
. h the connection to the
smoke sensor through the panel to detect the alarm signals from the
chassis or equipment room.
n g
i
Detection of the ambient temperature :Supports the connection to the
n
chassis or equipment room.
a r
temperature sensor through the panel to detect the temperature of the
Access control management e

RJ-45 l :Detects whether access control is enabled
/ function is reserved. You can instruct the
through magnetic inspection and reports the inspection signal to the
connector /
: access control through the remote control
device. The remote unlocking
p
CMU to enable or disable
t :The CMU provides two-level alarm output signals.
function.
h t
Device alarm output
s : signal input and monitor whether the devices outside

Main contact point inspection :The CMU can provide six main contact
points to detect
c e
the chassis work normally.
ur is connected to the panel. You can use it to query or locate

One 232 and 485 serial interface :Provides an RS-232 serial interface,
s o information about the CMU. In addition, the CMU provides an R-485

which
Panel
connector Re serial port, which is connected to the panel. You can connect an device
to this interface. The interface supports full-duplex mode.
n g Perform the system environment monitoring and access control
n i functions
a r  Not require additional devices, saving customers’ investment.
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
l e
/ /
Boards of NE40E-X Router p :
t t
h NE40E-X
s : of
ce
u r
Router
s o
R e
Highlights of NE40E-X Router
n g
n i
Application
a r Scenario of NE40E-X Router
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
NE40E Data Forwarding Process
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
/ le
/
tp:
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
le /
/
Hardware Architecture of NE40E-Xp:Router
t t
Boards of NE40E-X Router :
h
e s
r c
o u of NE40E-X
s
Re
Router
g
Highlights of nNE40E-X Router
n i
Application r
a Scenario of NE40E-X Router
L e
o
e n
m /
c o
NE40E Product Highlights i .
w e
a
Large Capacityh&uFuture Scalability
g .
in
n
•Industry-leading 400G platform
Advanced
a r •1320*GE classis double average in density
•Compatibility designing & smooth upgrading
e
/l
Solar Chip
:/
tp Stable, secure and reliable network
ht •Rich High-Availability Technologies
:
•Security Network with High-performance
e s •Business depth Monitoring

Commercial IPv6 solution
VRP Inside
r c
o u
s Designed for the real needs of
Re customers
ng
•Easy to Deploy
i
•H-QoS
r n •Video Solution
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
Green 400G Platform i .
Greenest platform
w e
u a
NE40E-X16
. h
Greenest platform: lowest power consumption, highest
n g
efficiency in heat dispersion
n i
Power supply by areas, power supply mode can be
unmodified.
a r
le
Lowest power consumption: Power consumption of a
/
/
10G interface is 30% lower than that of the other supplier.
p:
NE40E-X8 A device saves power of 10000 kwh each year.
t t
Highest efficiency in heat dispersion: innovative U-shaped
h air channel, greatly improves the heat dispersion system.
NE40E-X3
s :
ce Compact design, save space by 40％
r
sou High performance and great capacity
R e Most compact design: 14 U/32 U. Three chassis in a cabinet

g
Green platform，unified NMS，unified platform
n
i
From 10G to 400G，compatible to all boards
rn
High interface density: up to 132*10GE
Save OPEX and CAPEX，saves TCO by 40％
e a 400G platform, backplane capacity up to 30 T

L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Reliability Feature i .
we
u a
Key Module
. h
Redundancy
n g ISSU
n i In-Service
a r Software Upgrade
/ le
/
t p:
h
99.999%t NSR
Non-Stop
FRR
s : Routing
Fast ReRoute
r ce
o u
e s
R
NSF n g BFD
n i
Non-Stop Bidirectional
a rForwarding Forwarding
Le Detection
r e
o
e n
m/
Full IPv6 Support c o
i .
we
Basic Feature/Protocol Evolution Technology Multicast
u a
. h
 IPv6 Address Management 

6over4/6over4 GRE Tunnel
6to4 Tunnel


n g
MLD v1/v2
PIM-SMv6
 Address Discovery/ Reduplicate
Address checking  4over6 Tunnel 
n iPIM-DMv6
 ICMPv6/Ping6  4to6 Tunnel
a r
 PIM-SSMv6
le
 RIPng/OSPFv3/BGP4+/ISISv6  6PE/6VPE
/ /
t p:
QOS h t
Reliability/Security Access
s :
 IPv6 ACL
ce v6
 OSPFv3/ISISv6/BGP4+ GR  PPPoE/IPoE
 IPv6 CAR
u r
 VRRP  DHCPv6
 IPv6 Traffic Shaping
so URPF v6
 Netstream v6 

L2TP
e
 IPv6 HQos RAIDUSv6
R  BFD for anything
n g
n i
r
Huawei is ahead of Cisco, so Huawei is the best company in the field of IPv6.
a
Le － Latif Ladid （President of IPv6 Forum）
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
H-QoS for Multi-Play Service i .
we
NE40E
u a
h
BUINESS FLOW
IP MPLS CORE
g
10GE ring
VPLS/RRPP
VOIP HG
in
VIDEO
r n
DATA
NPE e a
Enterprise
/ l
—WFQ per service
—Shaping per user group :
—Shaping per District /—WFQ per service
—8 queues per user
t p
t
Special service VLAN
Gold user - 1
VoIP
Silver user
user-2 h Control flow VLAN
GE
Group:
Video
user VoD VLAN
IA Pre
s Port
user-nce
IA BE Premium
IA VLAN
u r Normal
so fine service management in NPE points,

Centralized control,eachieves
R
g or bronze medal users have different service experience.
more flexible service strategy.
n

i
Gold、 silver
n

a r of the Special service is more effective.

The control
Le
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
le /
/
Hardware Architecture of NE40E-Xp:Router
t t
Boards of NE40E-X Router :
h
e s
r c
o u of NE40E-X
s
Re
Router
n g
Highlights of
n i NE40E-X Router
r
a Scenario of NE40E-X Router
e
Application
L
o
e n
m/
c o
The Main Scenario of NE Series Router i .
w e
u a
Disaster
. h
Recovery Center
n g
Large Branch Access
n i
NE40E
a r
le
WDM
NE40E
/
IDC Switch
/
p: IDC
WAN Key
node
t t Interconnection
h
Campus Interconnection &
Branch Aggregation s :
NE40E
ce
ur
WLAN
s o LAN Switch
Re
n g
i
n
r
a 、Finance、Oil & GasPipeline、Oilfield、e-Education、Government, etc.
e
Power industry
L
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
le
 What is the difference between the
/ /
control planes of NE40E-X8 and NE40E-
X16? p:t
t
h between the SFUs
 What is the difference
s :
of NE40E-X8
ce and NE40E-X16?
u r
s o
Re
n g
rni
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank you l e
/ /
p :
t t
h
www.huawei.com
s :
ce
u r
so
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
AR G3 & Sx7 Brief /le
:/
t p
ht
s :
ce www.huawei.com
u r
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
AR series enterprise routers (ARs)
le
include AR150, AR200, AR1200,
/
/
AR2200, and AR3200. They are the
t p:
next-generation routing and gateway
ht
devices, which provide the routing,
:
switching, wireless, voice, and security
s
ce
functions.
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
expect to:
/le
 Describe Positioning of ARG3 Router :/
t p
h
 Describe Hardware Architecturet of
ARG3 Router
s :
ce
 Describe Positioning
u r of Sx7 Switch
s o Architecture of Sx7
e
 Describe Hardware
R
Switch
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
AR G3 Router /
tp:
Sx7 Switch
ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
/m
AR G3 Router Leading The Multi-Service Times.c o
e i
Huawei AR
a w
Generation-Three Architecture Providing Edge-Cutting
G3
Industy performance
（KPPS）
Performance
h uthe performance of
level
x2
•
.
Multi-core processor, providing twice
g
3 • 160 nensuring non-blocking
other access routers in the industry
n
GB switching capacity,i
services
a r
First AR with twoemain control units that is reliable and
•
/ lSupporting Various Access Modes
Dual-Modecontinuous
Network
: /
t p integration of optical networks and 3G
IP bearer •
tnetworks
Seamless
network
2 :• PON access providing high-speed broadband
h
e s • High-density GE interfaces (24 GE interfaces per card)
AR G3
r c
o u implementing GE forwarding
Voice PBX
s Integrated and Open Services
Re • Unified communications, multimedia gateway,
Switch
i n g
VPN 1 switchboard, and antivirus functions, implementing
office integration
r n Gateway
All-in-One Box a
Wireless AP Firewall • OSP platform, helping to construct an IT Walmart
Le • Developed VRP platform

o
e n
m/
c o
AR G3 hardware architecture i .
we
u a
. h
Distributed n g
Backup
enterprise gateway
Multi-
core CPU r nimulti-
core
Data
core e
a CPU
Card
•Multi-core CPU+high- core

/ l encrypting
speed SFU+redundancy 0
:/
1..n and
deciphering
•Separation of control, t p Voice
ht
Card
data, and forwarding High-speed
planes s : switching
fabric
Security
Card
ce （redundancy）
•Supporting
u r
interconnection, voice,
s o
Re
WLAN
video, security, WLAN, Card
n
and applicationsg
•Huawei AR niG3
r
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
AR G3 software architecture i .
w e
 The AR G3 routers are based on the Huawei VRP5 u a
. h
g
 The AR G3 routers has inherited abundant service features of the VRP5.
n
n i
 The VRP5 makes optimizations and adaptations based on the characteristics of the AR
G3 routers.
a r
/ le
1996：Huawei R Series Basic routing :
/
t p
ht
Traditional interface
2004：AR G1
Huawei ARx8 Series
s :
Interconnection, VPN e
r c distributed manage for service，high-
u
o promotion for Security reliability, multi-service ,open system
performance, Double master control，high-
s
Interconnection、VPN、Voice、
R e G2
performance
2007：AR
n gHuaweiARx9 Series 2011：
n i Huawei AR G3Series
a r
L e
o
e n
m/
AR G3 positioning c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
tp:
ht
s :
Deployment Position
ce
Between an internal network and a public network
Integrated access
ur
s o
Data: FE/GE/EPON/GPON/three 3G modes
Re
Voice: FXS and IP-PBX
Switching: FE/GE switching cards/MSTP/VLAN/Static port aggregation
n
MPLS VPN g
n
Security i
a rEnterprise-class firewall
Le Integrated VPN access: IPSec/GRE/MPLS
r e
o
e n
AR G3 Routers Portfolio m/
c o
i .
AR3260 we
AR3200 u a
. h
series
n g
Headquarters (150
n i
to 500 users)
a r
leAR2240
AR2220
AR2200 /
/
series
tp:
Medium-sized branch
(50 to 150 users)
ht
s :
AR1200
ce
AR1220 AR1220V AR1220W/1220VW
series
ur
Small-sized branch s o
(10 to 50 users)
Re (supported only by the
AR200 ng AR1200V2R1C01)
series ni
a r (supported only by the AR200V2R2)
L e
SOHO branch
(3 to 10 users)
r e
o
e n
m/
AR1200 Specifications c o
i .
Specification AR1220/1220V/AR1220W/1220VW we
u a
Forwarding
350Kpps/ 200Mbps(64byte)
. h
capability
n g
Service forwarding
i
25 Mbit/s when there are 10 NAT users, 50 ACLs, 50 CBWFQ
n
performance
r
queues, and no packet loss of 64-byte packets.
a
Switching capacity
8 Gbit/s
/ le
per chassis
/
SIC slot 2
t p:
Routing interface 2GE
ht
Switching
8FE
s :
interface
ce
DSP slot
r
The AR1220V/1220VW supports 32-channel voice by default.
u (supported by the AR1220W)
Built-in Wi-Fi o
802.11b/g/n
s
512eMB
Memory
R MB
ng
Flash memory 256
USB interface
n i 2
r x 44.5 mm x 390 m x 220 mm
Dimensionsa(H
W x D) Le

o
e n
m /
c o
AR2200 Specifications i .
we
Specifications AR2220
u a
AR2240
Forwarding capability 1 Mpps or 500 Mbit/s (64 bytes)
. h
2 Mpps or 1333 Mbit/s (64 bytes)
Higher than 75 Mbit/s when there are
n
Higher thang150 Mbit/s when there are
Service forwarding 100 NAT users, 100 ACLs, 100
n i
200 NAT users, 200 ACLs, 200
performance CBWFQ queues, and no packet loss
a r
CBWFQ queues, and no packet loss of
of 64-byte packets.
e64-byte packets.
l 80 Gbit/s
Switching capacity
32 Gbit/s
/ /
per chassis
p :
SIC slot 4
t t 4
WSIC slot 2
h 2
XSIC slot 0
: 2
s including one Three GE interfaces including two
Routing interface
ce
Three GE interfaces
u r
combo interface combo interfaces
2 GB so
DSP slot 1 3
Memory
Flash memory e
16RMB
2 GB
16 MB
SD card
n g 2 GB/4 GB 2 GB/4 GB
(default/maximum)
n i
USB interface
a r 2 2
Le
Dimensions (H x W x
44.5 mm x 442 m x 420 mm 88.2 mm x 442 m x 470 mm
D)
r e
o
e n
m/
AR3200 Specifications c o
i .
we
Specifications AR3260
u a
Forwarding
3.5 Mpps (SRU80) or 2000 Mbit/s (64 bytes)
. h
capability
n g
Service forwarding
n i
Higher than 1000 Mbit/s when there are 500 NAT users, 500
performance
a r
ACLs, 500 CBWFQ queues, and no packet loss of 64-byte
le
packets.
Switching capacity
160 Gbit/s
/ /
p:
per chassis
SIC slot 4
t t
WSIC slot 2
h
XSIC slot 4
s :
Routing interface e
Three GE interfaces including two combo interfaces
c
DSP slot 3
ur
Memory 2 GB
s o
Flash memory
Re
16 MB
SD card memory
n g 2 GB/4 GB
(default/maximum)
n i
USB interface
a r 2
Le
Dimensions (H x W
130.5 mm x 442 m x 470 mm
x D)
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
AR G3 Router /
tp:
Sx7 Switch ht
s :
ce
ur
s o
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
Huawei Switches for Enterprises
c o
i .
w e
u a
. h
ng S12700
S9300
n i
S6700
a r
Datacenter S5700
/ le
/
p:
switches
t t S9300
hS7700
s :
Aggregation
S5700 ce
and core
ur
switches
s o
Re S5700
ng
S3700
Campus
n i S2700
access
arS1700
switches
L e
r e
o
e n
m /
Characteristics of Huawei Switches for c o
i .
Enterprises w e
u a
. h
Seamless upgrading of n g compatible
Highly
port switching capacity
r ni software platform
 IIndustry-leading port S7700
a
S6700  VRP software platform that
le
density by providing 40 x is based on Huawei's
10GE ports per LPU
/ / more than 15 years of
p:
 Future-proof hardware continued R&D
 VRP's compatibility with
t
architecture that meets
about 1000 protocols,
t
future switching capacity S5700 S9300 S3700
and power requirements
h fully meeting customer
requirements
 Support for 40G/100G
s :  Tens of thousands of
e
smooth upgrade for a
customers worldwide and
single port, reducing
c
S1700
r platform and
S2700
more than 5 million
u
investments
Universal Huawei equipment
 Support for multi-
s o energy-efficient chips running reliably on live
e
chassis cluster
networks
R universal power supply systems and fans,
technology, dramatically  Universal design for the entire system, such as
 Seamless interoperation
g
improving the switching
with equipment from all
capacity
i n reducing the types of spare parts as well as
investments other leading vendors over
rn
 Use of Huawei-developed energy-efficient live networks, helping
e a chips and an efficient management platform, customer increase return

on investment (ROI)
L setting an industry example for energy
conservation
r e
o
e n
m /
SX7 Series Ethernet Switches Family c o
i .
w e
u a
. h
n g
100M Access
n i
a r T-level core switch
/ le
/
t p:
S2700 L2 Switch ht
1000M Access Aggregation
s : S7700 L3 Switch
ce
r
100M Access
o u
s 10000M Aggregation
Re
n g
n i
a r
S3700 L3 Switch
Le S5700 L3 Switch
S6700 L3 Switch
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
S2700 Series Switches i .
we
u a
Switch S2700-9TP-EI/SI S2700-9TP-PWR-EI
. h S2700-18TP-EI/SI
Model
ng
Ports 10/100Base-TX(8)，1 10/100Base-TX(8)，1 n i 10/100Base-TX(16)，
GE Combo port GE Combo port a r 2 GE Combo ports
（10/100/1000Base-T or le
（10/100/1000Base-T or
/
（10/100/1000Base-T
100/1000Base-X /
100/1000Base-X or 100/1000Base-X ）
p:
t support POE+
Power
Supply
EI version can support
AC or DC.SI version can htAC, AC
only support AC s :
ce
u r
Packet 2.7Mpps
s o 2.7Mpps 5.4Mpps
Re
forwarding
rate
n g
Switching
n i 32G bits/s 32G bits/s 32G bits/s
capacity
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m /
S2700 Series Switches c o
i .
we
u a
Switch S2700-26TP-EI/SI S2700-26TP-PWR-EI
. h S2700-52TP-EI
Model g
n
Ports 10/100Base-TX(24 )， 10/100Base-TX(24)， n i
GE 10/100Base-TX(48) ，
GE Combo ports(2) Combo ports(2) r
a or 100/1000Base-X
（10/100/1000Base-T l e
（10/100/1000Base-T SFP(2)，1000Base-X
or 100/1000Base-X） / /
100/1000Base-X） SFP(2)
p :
Power t
t support POE+
Supply
EI version can
hAC, AC
support AC or DC.SI
s :
version can only
ce
Packet
support AC
6.6Mpps ou
r 6.6Mpps 13.2Mpps
forwarding e s
rate R
n g
Switching
n i 32G bits/s 32G bits/s 32G bits/s
capacity
r
Lea
r e
o
e n
m /
S3700 Series Switches c o
i .
Switch S3700-26C-HI S3700-28TP-SI/EI
w e
S3700-28TP-MC-AC
Model
u a
Ports 10/100Base-TX(22)， 10/100Base-TX(24)， . h
10/100Base-TX(24)，
GE Combo ports(2) 1000Base-X SFP(2)，GE n g1000Base-X SFP(2)，GE
（10/100/1000Base-T Combo ports(2) n i Combo ports(2)
or 100/1000Base-X）（10/100/1000Base-T or a r （10/100/1000Base-T or
100/1000Base-X）
/ le 100/1000Base-X）
/
p:
Power AC or DC,two AC or DC AC
Supply pluggable power
t t
modules
h
s :
ce
Packet 9.3Mpps
ur 9.6Mpps 9.6Mpps
forwarding
s o
rate
R e
Switching 64Ggbits/s 64G bits/s 64G bits/s
capacity
i n
arn
L e
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
we
Switch S3700-28TP-PWR-EI S3700-28TP-EI-24S-AC a
S3700-52P-SI-AC
u
Model
. h
Ports 10/100Base-TX(24)， 10/100Base-TX(24)， g 10/100Base-TX(48)，
n 100/1000Base-X SFP(2)，
1000Base-X SFP(2)， 1000Base-X SFP(2)，GE
n i
GE Combo ports(2) Combo ports(2)
a r 1000Base-X SFP(2)
（10/100/1000Base-T （10/100/1000Base-T or
/ le
or 100/1000Base-X） 100/1000Base-X）
/
Power AC, support POE+
tp:AC EI version can support
Supply
ht AC or DC.SI version can
s : only support AC
ce
Packet 9.6Mpps
ur 9.6Mpps 13.2Mpps
forwarding
s o
rate
R e
Switching
capacity n g
64G bits/s 64G bits/s 64G bits/s
r ni
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
e w
u a
Switch S3700-52P-EI S3700-52P-PWR-EI
. hS3700-52P-EI-48S
Model
n g
Ports 10/100Base- 10/100Base-TX(48)，
rni 10/100Base-TX(48)，
TX(48)， 100/1000Base-X SFP(2)，
a 100/1000Base-X SFP(2)，
100/1000Base-X 1000Base-X SFP(2)
/ le 1000Base-X SFP(2)
SFP(2)，1000Base-
/
X SFP(2)
tp:
Power EI version can
ht
AC, support POE+ AC or DC
Supply support AC or
s :
DC.SI version can
ce
only support AC
ur
Packet 13.2Mpps
s o 13.2Mpps 13.2Mpps
Re
forwarding
rate
n g
Switching
n i
64G bits/s 64G bits/s 64G bits/s
capacity
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
S5700Series Switches i .
we
Switch a
u S5700-48TP-SI
Model
S5700-24P-SI S5700-24TP-PWR-SI
. h
n g
Ports 10/100/1000Base- 10/100/1000Base-T(20)，
n i10/100/1000Base-
T(20)，100/1000Base- 100/1000Base-X GE
a r T(44)，100/1000Base-
X GE Combo ports(4) Combo ports(4)
/ le X GE Combo ports(4)
/
Power tp:
Supply
AC or DC, support
+12V redundancy ht
AC or DC,two pluggable
power modules, support
AC or DC, support
+12V redundancy
power supply
s : USB port power supply (RPS),
(RPS),support USB
ce
port
ur
Packet 36Mpps s o 36Mpps 72Mpps
forwarding Re
rate
n g
Switching
n i bits/s
256G 256G bits/s 256G bits/s
capacity
ar
L e
r e
o
e n
m /
c o
S5700Series Switches
i .
Switch Model e
wS5700-28C-EI
S5700-48TP-PWR-SI S5700-28C-SI
u a
Ports 10/100/1000Base- . h
10/100/1000Base-T(44)， 10/100/1000Base-
n g
T(44)，100/1000Base- 100/1000Base-X GE Combo T(24)，the uplink
X GE Combo ports(4) ports(4)， the uplink n i
support 1000Base-X
support 1000Base-X a r
SFP(4)、10GE SFP+(2)、
SFP(4 ),10GE SFP+(2 ),
/ le
10GE SFP+(4)
10GE SFP+(4) /
p:
t
Power Supply AC, support POE+ h t
two pluggable power two pluggable power
,support USB port
s : modules, support USB modules
ce port
u r
Packet
s
72Mpps o 96Mpps 96Mpps
forwarding
Re
rate
n g
Switching i256G bits/s
rn
256G bits/s 256G bits/s
capacity
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
we
Switch S5700-28C-EI-24S S5700-28C-PWR-EI a
u S5700-52C-SI
Model . h
n g
Ports 100/1000Base-X(20)， 10/100/1000Base-
n i 10/100/1000Base-
10/100/1000Base-T GE T(24)，the uplink
a r T(48)，the uplink
le
Combo ports(4)，the support 1000Base-X support 1000Base-X
uplink support
/ /
SFP(4)、10GE SFP+(2)、 SFP(4)、10GE SFP+(2)、
p:
1000Base-X SFP(4)、 10GE SFP+(4) 10GE SFP+(4)
10GE SFP+(2)、10GE
t t
SFP+(4) h
Power two pluggable power
s : two pluggable power two pluggable power
Supply modules
ce modules, AC, support modules, support USB
u r POE+ port
s o
Re
Packet 96Mpps 96Mpps 132Mpps
forwarding
rate n g
i
n 256G bits/s
Switching
a r 256G bits/s 256G bits/s
Le
capacity
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
we
Switch S6700-48TP-EI S6700-24-EI
u a
Model
. h
Ports n g
GE SFP/10 GE SFP+
i
GE SFP/10 GE SFP+
n
port(48), ports(24)
a r
/ le
:/
AC, support USB port p AC, support USB port
Power
t t
Supply
h
Packet 715Mpps:
forwarding e s 358Mpps
rate r c
u
o bits/s
Switching s960G 480G bits/s
capacity Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
Simple, ease-of-use web-based network c o
management i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
le
Intranet
/ /
t p:
ht
s :
ce
u r
Customer Benefits: s o
Re
User-friendly graphical user interfaces (GUIs), easy-to-follow operation steps, and easy-to-
personnel n g
understand prompts, thereby shortening the learning curve for network management
n i
Device configuration completed after several simple mouse clicks, thereby reducing the
a r
configuration time and improving configuration efficiency
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Stacking Modules and Cables i .
w e
u a
. h
n g
n i
Appearance of the ETPC stack rear card
a r
/ le
/
tp:
ht
s :
e
Appearance of the ETPB extended rear card
c
Structure of a stack cable
ur
o
scard can be used together with the E4GF/E4GFA or
The ETPB extended reare
R four SFP GE interfaces or SFP+ 10GE interfaces.
E4XY front card to provide
n g
n i
a r
Le
o
e n
Intelligent Stacking m /
Master switch,
c o
similar to the active
i .
SCU on the cabinet-
e
NOTE: those parts
w
shaped switch
aneed purchase.
u Stack
Standby switch, similar
to the standby SCU on
. hS5700
subcard and Stack
the cabinet-shaped
n g cable;
ni
switch
S3700 Stack cable.
a r
Slave switch, similar
le
Stack cables, similar
to the backplane of to the LPU on the
the cabinet-shaped
switch
/ / cabinet-shaped switch
S5700 p:
t
S6700 S3700 S2700
Supported topology Ring topology
h t
Ring topology Ring topology Link topology
s:
Switching capacity of a 80G 24 Gbps 5 Gbps 2 Gbps
stack interface
ce 48 Gbps (dual 10 Gbps (dual
u r interfaces) interfaces)
Maximum number of 9
s o 9 9 16
Re
switches in a stack
g
Stack interface Service interface Specialized stack Also an upstream GE None
i n interface interface
rn
Stack cable Common network Specialized for the Specialized for the Common network
e a cable or optical fiber S5700 S3700 cable or optical fiber
L
Principle of stacking Hardware stack Hardware stack Hardware stack Software stack
r e
o
e n
S7700 Product Positioning m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
n g
n i
a r
/ le
/
tp:
ht
s :
S7700 e
r c
o u
Res
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
S7700Series Intelligent Routing Switches i .
w e
a
S7700 product
• Core switch for small- and medium-

h u
positioning
sized campus networks

g .
• Aggregation switch for large-sized
in
n
campus networks
• Aggregation switch for data centers
a r
le
• Interconnection switch for remote
branch offices
/ /
t p:
ht
s :
ce
Device Model S7703
ur S7706 S7712
Backplane capacity 1.2 Tbit/s

s o 2.4 Tbit/s 4.8 Tbit/s
Switching capacity Re
720 Gbit/s 2 Tbit/s 2 Tbit/s
Packet forwarding rate
n g Mpps
540 1080 Mpps 1320 Mpps
Height
n i 4U 10 U 15 U
a r 144 x GE/144 x FE/ 36 x 288 x GE/ 288 x FE/72 x 576 x GE/ 576 x FE/144 x
Le
Maximum port density
10GE 10GE 10GE

o
e n
m /
Overall S7700 Architecture c o
i .
Product Model S7703 S7706 S7712
w e
Dimensions (H 175 mm x 442 mm x 476 mm (4 U 441.7 mm x 442 mm x 476 mm (10
u a
663.95 mm x 442 mm x 476 mm (15
x W x D) high) U high) U high)
. h
Slot spacing 1.4 inches 1.4 inches
n g
1.4 inches
Power input Support for AC input and DC input Support for AC input and DC input
n i
Support for AC input and DC input
as well as POE as well as POE
a r as well as POE
Power supply AC/DC: 1+1 DC: 1+1
/ le DC: 1+1
/
backup AC: 1+1 or 2+2 AC: 1+1 or 2+2
POE backup AC: not supported

p:
AC: non-backup, 3+1, or 2+2
t
AC: non-backup, 3+1, or 2+2
DC: not support DC modules
t
h
:
Monitoring unit Built in the MCU; 1: 1 backup Independent slot for such a Independent slot for such a
e s monitoring unit; 1: 1 backup monitoring unit; 1: 1 backup
Maintenance Cables are maintained in front of
r c Cables are maintained in front of the Cables are maintained in front of the
u
mode the chassis, while the air filters and chassis, while the air filters and fans chassis, while the air filters and fans
s o
fans are maintained in the rear of are maintained in the rear of the are maintained in the rear of the
Re
the chassis. chassis. chassis.
Installation Can be installed in N66 cabinets (≥ Can be installed in N66 cabinets (≥ Can be installed in N66 cabinets (≥
space
n g
600 mm depth) 600 mm depth) 600 mm depth)
Fan tray
n i
One fan tray (supporting speed Two fan trays (supporting speed Four fan trays (supporting speed
a r
adjustment) adjustment) adjustment)
Le
Heat Draws in air from the left and Draws in air from the left and Draws in air from the left and
dissipation exhausts air from the rear exhausts air from the rear exhausts air from the rear
e
direction
r
o
e n
Transmission-Level High Reliability m /
c o
i .
Redundancy of Key Interruption
e
aw
Device Availability MTBF MTTR RRPP/E-VRRP
Components Time
Model (%)
hu
Redundancy backup For example: (Hours) (Minutes/Year) Achieve protection
for control boards,
power modules, and S7703 99.99964 33.8 < 0.5
g .
1.9
switchover within
50 ms. Key services
fan trays (these
components are hot-
in2.2 are not
n
S7706 99.99959 24.2 < 0.5 interrupted.
swappable)
S7712 99.99959 24.1
a r
< 0.5 2.1
SSO
/ le NSF
Ensure that the state
:/ Ensure the continuity
of active and standby
SRUs or MCUs is
t p
Transmission- of network services
through a series of NSF
synchronous. When
the active SRU or
t
level
Highhreliability
mechanisms, such as
GR for OSPF, GR for
MCU fails, the
s : ISIS, GR for BGP, and
standby SRU or MCU
quickly takes over all
ce GR for LSP.
services.
r
ou
99.999%+
s
Network Reliability
ISSU
(Being planned)
R e MPLS TE FRR
Ensure that the
Services are not
n g MTBF: Mean Time Between Failures active/standby
interrupted during
i switchover of 4,000
rn
upgrade. MTTR: Mean Time to Repair LSPs is completed
e a within 50 ms.
L
r e
o
e n
Ultra Energy-Saving Design m /
c o
i .

The efficient heat dissipation system can reduce noise by 10 dB and decrease energy
w e
consumption by 63%.
u a
. h
Zone-based fan control Unique fuzzy fan speed adjustment
n g ventilation path
Left-to-rear
n i
a r
Fan
rotation
l e
speed
/ /
t p:
ht Time
s :
 c
Power supply modules and monitoring e modules are based on patented technologies
u r of the primary power supply by 5% to 10%.
improving the conversion efficiency
s o
Re
 Adjusts the LPU power  Improved load rate by  Dedicated chip that
n g
based on traffic, saving modularizing power controls energy saving
n i
energy by 7% supplies, improving  Independent
a r conversion efficiency by 5% environment
Le to 10% monitoring card

o
X7 Series Products in the Enterprise m/en
Networks c o
i. e
Cluster of servers DMS Radius Server AR
a w
h u
g .
n WAN
ni
Firewall
a r
le
positioning
Small and medium-sized campus network core

GE Trunk
/ /
Main
p: S57/67/77
Large campus network aggregation
Data center aggregation
S57/67/77
Remote branch interconnect
t t
h
GE
s : GE
ce GE
u r
s o
Re
n g
S27/37/57 S27/37/57 S27/37/57
n i
r
Floor 1
a
Floor 2 Floor 3
Le
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
Summary i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
l eG3 ？
 What is the positioning of AR
/ /
p : of Huawei
t
 What are the Characteristics
t
h
Switches for Enterprises？
s :
ce
u r
s o
Re
n g
rni
e a
L
r e
o
e n
m/
c o
i .
we
u a
. h
ng
n i
a r
Thank you / / l e
p :
t t
www.huawei.com
h
s :
ce
u r
so
Re
n g
n i
a r
Le
r e
o

HCNA (HCDA) Huawei Certified Network Associate Training

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

HCNA (HCDA) Huawei Certified Network Associate Training

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

The privilege of HCNA/HCNP/HCIE: e n

 Method：Logon http://learning.huawei.com/en and enter HuaWei

r e TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

To simplify related network operation / /

Network layer ce3

e s Data link layer

o u Data link layer Frame

n g Network layer Network layer Network layer Network layer

Le Physical layer Physical layer Physical layer Physical layer

/ /All nodes of a specifically

the two networks can ce

and sending, so the server can

16 bit source port h

 Understand the VRP Architecture / /

ht [huawei] interface ethernet ?

t t the earlier history command

ing focus of this section.

o u10.2.1.0 10.2.1.1 10.2.1.2 E0

Static n i192.168.1.0 E1/0

r ni127.0.0.1/32 Direct 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0

ar 192.168.2.0/24 RIP 100 1 10.1.1.1 Serial0/0/0

p: from other routers via

Or [RTB] R esroute-static 10.1.1.1 32 Serial 0

a r preferred route firstly.

Static Routing table Status : < Active>

n i Static 100 0 2.2.2.1 Serial1

a r to the routing table

information between routers. Routers share a the

r eTECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD..

t t destination next hop

next hop h hop

n i address of router A 0+1

n i RTA is lower (5-1>2), it will

u r destination interface count

r eTECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD..

/ / Update after the hold-

entry n g Unused( set to all zeros)

n i Unused( set to all zeros)

make sure thep

make sure thep

Re problem problem problem

n g resolved resolved resolved

r eTECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD..

 Route calculation R Dijkstra Bellman-Ford Bellman-Ford

r e TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD..

n i [RTD-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.2]network 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0

ea 1.1.1.1/32 RTA RTD 4.4.4.4/32

s :Side 1 Side 1 Side 2

a r 12345678 7=white/brown 7=white/brown

Le Side 2 8=brown 8=brown

10BASE-5 Thick coaxial-cablee a r 500m

Multiple o ur fiber (MMF)

r eTECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD..

r eTECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD..

tp: Service data of data traffic 1

so [SWA-Ethernet0/2]port default vlan 5

ing selected VLANTboundaries.

r e TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.. All rights reserved

n g [SWC]stp mode stp

n i port for LANC

a r New root port

n g router and be identified as redundant

i n YES Delay Time : 0